diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-02 19:55:57 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-02-02 19:55:57 -0800 |
| commit | 778388dab08c413c6ab5ddaf94b1e6e7a6d31ce9 (patch) | |
| tree | c70b5558d2a20187086609b46b6400c99ebb70db | |
| parent | b240b86d329f9ea2b55a1c002866f790a47ad397 (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/68601-0.txt | 4230 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/68601-0.zip | bin | 74596 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/68601-h.zip | bin | 316731 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/68601-h/68601-h.htm | 4967 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/68601-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 253729 -> 0 bytes |
8 files changed, 17 insertions, 9197 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..612c1bf --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #68601 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/68601) diff --git a/old/68601-0.txt b/old/68601-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 78f9fbb..0000000 --- a/old/68601-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4230 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Scarred Eagle; or, Moorooine, the -sporting fawn, by Andrew Dearborn - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Scarred Eagle; or, Moorooine, the sporting fawn - Beadle's Pocket Novels No. 104 - -Author: Andrew Dearborn - -Release Date: July 24, 2022 [eBook #68601] - -Language: English - -Produced by: David Edwards, Thomas Frost and the Online Distributed - Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (Northern - Illinois University Digital Library) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCARRED EAGLE; OR, MOOROOINE, -THE SPORTING FAWN *** - - - - - - SCARRED EAGLE; - OR, - MOOROOINE, THE SPORTING FAWN. - - A STORY OF LAKE AND SHORE. - - BY ANDREW DEARBORN, - - NEW YORK: - BEADLE AND ADAMS, PUBLISHERS, - 98 WILLIAM STREET. - - - - - Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by - BEADLE AND COMPANY, -In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States for the - Southern District of New York. - - - - -CONTENTS. - - - CHAPTER I. WHITE VS. RED. 9 - - CHAPTER II. MOOROOINE. 16 - - CHAPTER III. TWO LESS. 24 - - CHAPTER IV. THE HUMAN BIRD. 31 - - CHAPTER V. THE GORGE DECOY. 37 - - CHAPTER VI. BEAUTY IN BONDS. 42 - - CHAPTER VII. THE HEART OF LOVE. 47 - - CHAPTER VIII. A BLOODY TROPHY. 52 - - CHAPTER IX. A SUDDEN REPRIEVE. 58 - - CHAPTER X. THE FORLORN HOPE. 62 - - CHAPTER XI. NOOKECHIN. 68 - - CHAPTER XII. AGAIN! 75 - - CHAPTER XIII. IN THE TOILS. 83 - - CHAPTER XIV. A NOVEL EXPEDIENT. 88 - - - - -CHAPTER I. - -WHITE VS. RED. - - -“Crack! crack!” rung out the reports of two rifles over the calm bosom -of the lake, and two canoes, about fifty rods apart, seemed to leap -from the water as they sped forward. - -The course of both canoes was toward the western shores of the bay -forming the north-western portion of Lake Erie. The one behind was -manned by five Indian warriors, two of whom had just fired upon the -boat ahead, which contained two persons--a white man and an Indian. -The bullets, however, had no other effect than to cut the water at the -distance of several yards to the right of the pursued men. - -“S’pose you take rifle now, Scarred Eagle?” said the Indian to his -white companion. - -“No, not yit, Goodbrand,” said the other. “Thar’s little danger of the -devils hittin’ us yit, but they want to make us lose time. Five oars -ag’in’ two is gre’t odds, with a mile still afore us. Pull for y’ur -life?” - -The speaker was a man past forty years of age, with proportions -denoting great strength and agility. Evidently, he had been through -many rough scenes of border-life, for nearly every part of his body -visible showed the marks of wounds. The most conspicuous of these -was upon his face, one side of which was an entire scar. From this -circumstance, he was called “Scarred Eagle” by the Indians, who had -long since learned both to fear and respect him. But his face, though -disfigured, was not wanting in expression. In fact, there was something -of dignity in his bearing. No stranger would meet the clear gray eye, -and note the bold, frank style of the man’s speech, without feeling -that he was in the presence of one of nature’s noblemen, indeed. His -dress was after the prevailing style of bordermen; and we note but one -peculiarity. The hunting-frock was decorated on the breast by a design -in bead-work representing a man in the act of silently bearing a white -female prisoner from the midst of some sleeping Indians. - -The Indian who assisted in propelling the canoe was not so tall as his -white friend, though dressed nearly like him. He was a noble-looking -savage, and had learned to speak the English tongue with considerable -fluency. - -A few words will explain the meaning of the situation in which we find -these two men. - -Both belonged to a body of scouts hovering near the besieged garrison -at Detroit. They had, in the present instance, been scouting alone on -the neck of land between Erie and St. Clair lakes. Being discovered by -a party of Indians, they had retreated to the lake, and embarked in the -canoe which had brought them from the opposite side of the bay already -mentioned. But the Indians had found a canoe and started in pursuit -before our friends were half a mile away. And at the moment we have -introduced them, this distance had been lessened, so that hardly fifty -rods now separated them. - -Scarred Eagle and his Indian friend were not wanting in skill in the -management of their craft. They knew the pursuers were fast gaining on -them; yet they hoped to avoid a close struggle on the water, over which -the gloom of night was fast settling. It was yet nearly a mile to the -shore, however, and the shots which came every few seconds from their -enemies, began to whizz alarmingly near. - -“It’s time ter pay back, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, at length. -“I hate ter begin, ’cos it’ll hinder our speed an’ give them bloody -rascals an advantage.” - -“S’pose you no do now, _have_ to bimeby,” returned the Indian. “Mebbe -kill some now; den not so many to fight if come up.” - -“Thet’s a good plan enough, allowin’ I kin dew it, Goodbrand. But -they’ll dodge down likely, jest as we do. Howsumever, I’ll try it. Ha! -down with ye ag’in!” - -The warning was not a moment too soon; for as they dodged down into the -canoe-bottom, two or three reports rung out, and this time the bullets -spun directly over them. - -“Ay, Goodbrand; now keep ’er stidy’s ye kin, while I see what kin be -done.” - -Scarred Eagle, while thus speaking, dropped the paddle and snatched up -his rifle, which was leveled and discharged with surprising quickness. -A cry of pain answered the report of the weapon, and one of the -pursuers fell back, never to use oar again! Goodbrand gave utterance to -a shout of triumph. - -“Ha, Scarred Eagle, dey find out _who_ shoot now, mebbe,” he said, -though without relaxing for a moment his exertions at the paddle. - -“Thar’s _one_ less, sartin,” replied Scarred Eagle, “but they’ve gained -fast on us fur the last minit. We’ll keep frum close quarters as long -as we kin.” - -Before the pursuers had fully recovered from their confusion, the white -marksman had reloaded his rifle. He kept a sharp watch upon those -behind, while his Indian friend, with bared bosom and arms, was reeking -with sweat, as he strained every muscle to his work. - -Scarce thirty rods now separated the canoes, and the pursuers were, -every one, using a paddle. Scarred Eagle again jerked his rifle to -a poise; but, quick as was the movement, the Indians crouched down, -leaving but little of their bodies exposed, though still managing to -propel their canoe. - -The white man, still keeping watch upon the enemy, snatched up a paddle -and assisted his Indian friend. But he was not permitted to do so long. -One of their foes rose suddenly and fired, the ball grazing Goodbrand’s -shoulder as he stooped, and for the first time during the chase, four -ringing war-whoops from those behind echoed over the lake-waters. - -“No--no--not yit, Goodbrand!” cried Scarred Eagle, as he saw the Indian -about to draw in his paddle. “Save y’ur shot till it comes closer -quarters. ’Tain’t more’n a quarter of a mile furder to shore--we must -leasten it all we kin.” - -The white man spoke hurriedly, though no trepidation could have been -noticed in his voice. He himself, taking advantage of the few seconds -allowed, was working with giant strength at the paddle. But, as before, -the Indians, upon noticing his work, determined to stop it and draw his -fire. Two of them fired together this time, and one of the balls plowed -a slight furrow across the top of Goodbrand’s head! - -Hardly had the echoes of the reports ceased when Scarred Eagle sprung -up and leveled his rifle. Its report was followed by jeering cries -from the pursuers, who redoubled their exertions at the oars. - -“That _’ar_ was wasted through your whirlin’ round an’ rockin’ the -canoe so sudden, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, with chagrin in his -tone. “Ah!” he immediately added, as his quick glance fell upon his -friend’s head, “struck, war ye? Wal, it’s no use puttin’ things off -longer. Take y’ur rifle.” - -The other did so, suffering the canoe to float idly on the water, while -his white companion was hurriedly reloading. But the latter had not -time to finish the work. Not more than forty yards now separated the -canoes, and the occupants of the hindmost had also ceased their labors, -preparing for the struggle. Two of them suddenly rose, and _three_ -reports rung out simultaneously. The shot of Goodbrand told with good -effect, for one of his enemies fell back into the lake. He himself was -merely grazed; but his white friend, Scarred Eagle, uttered a deep -groan and fell headlong beneath the waters of the lake! - -The Indian, Goodbrand, could not repress an exclamation of sorrow. He -was as deeply attached to Scarred Eagle as though the latter had been -an own brother. But now, the career of his friend seemed ended. - -The faithful fellow was almost on the point of throwing himself into -the lake after his friend. But the exultant yells of his enemies roused -in him that instinct of revenge so characteristic of his race. He had -no chance to reload his rifle, for the other canoe was now but a few -yards distant, and he knew three Miami warriors were ready to shoot him -the moment he should rise. - -Goodbrand himself was a Miami Indian. He had been converted years -before, by the Moravian missionaries, and had only departed from their -teachings in that he took up the hatchet of war, in behalf of the white -race whom he loved. For this reason he was an outcast from his tribe, -and had no hopes of other than a cruel death, in the event of falling -alive into their hands. - -As the canoe of the others came nearer, Goodbrand grasped knife and -hatchet in either hand, fully determined not to be taken alive. - -He had not been more than a few seconds thus prepared, when the -appalling war-whoops of his enemies were suddenly hushed, and groans -burst out, quickly followed by a splashing in the water. Quickly he -raised his head and saw, not more than twenty feet away, the canoe of -his pursuers _bottom upward_, while two of its late occupants were -disappearing beneath the water! Another moment, and the form of Scarred -Eagle rose from the water, surging toward him! - -“Push up, Goodbrand, push up,” said Scarred Eagle, in a panting voice. -And in less time than what we occupy in describing it, the Indian had -assisted his friend into the canoe. - -For a few moments the latter could hardly speak, and Goodbrand, -comprehending the work he had done, merely uttered an exclamation of -joy as his keen eyes watched for the reappearance of their foes. - -“I knifed two on ’em the minit I riz up side o’ thar skiff, Goodbrand,” -said Scarred Eagle, with a shiver in his voice. “_Them_ won’t mislest -us more, but t’other one’s hangin’ ter the canoe yender.” - -Already had his Indian friend seen this, and seizing the paddle began -to sweep up toward the drifting canoe. But suddenly, Scarred Eagle -interposed. - -“Let the poor devil go, Goodbrand,” he said. “He kain’t dew us any -hurt, an’ it seems like a cruel advantage to take by sich as we.” - -“Good!” assented the other. “It shall be as my brother says, ’cos he -wise head as well as quick hand. He has saved us both. He is an Eagle -that can fly under water, as well as over the land.” - -“I seen ’twas best course, considerin’ the fix we war in,” replied the -other as he began to wring the water from his clothes. “It come to me -all of a sudden like. Ah--thar’s the cretur’ in sight,” he added, as -the head and shoulders of the remaining enemy appeared on the opposite -side of the receding canoe. - -“It is Nookechin--one of my cousins,” exclaimed Goodbrand in surprise. -“I’m glad no to kill him, though kill me, mebbe.” - -“An’ I’m glad tu hear ye say it, Goodbrand,” answered Scarred Eagle. -“It shows you’ve a Christian heart, an’ that the Moravians hevn’t -labored on ye in vain.” - -“Workechin likes not to war upon his own race, and only does so when -necessary to defend his white friends,” replied the other, assuming for -the moment his Indian name. “He believes in the white God and white -ways; and wishes his own tribe would believe likewise. They would be -more happy then. Nookechin,” he added, elevating his voice, and using -his native tongue, “you see we spare your life. I hope never to have -occasion to meet you nor any other of my kin or tribe in battle, for I -would not harm them. Does Nookechin hear?” - -“It is well,” answered the other. “I shall not forget this kindness -from my cousin. I will never fight against him till I do him as good a -turn.” And, as if fully confident of the good intentions of the others, -he righted the canoe and sprung into it. Then, grasping a paddle which -floated near, he made a gesture of good-will toward his late enemies, -and began to push rapidly toward the northern shore. - -“What now, Scarred Eagle?” asked Goodbrand, as he peered toward the -western shore now barely discernible through the gloom. “Mebbe our -friends hear us fight--mebbe Injuns hear too.” - -“Y’ur right,” said the other. “Lay ’er off sou’-west a trifle an’ we’ll -try ter steal ashore under kiver of the darkness.” - -Goodbrand obeyed, taking a course that would land them some distance -below the point from which they had embarked. Though prudent himself, -he instinctively deferred to the judgment of his white friend. And -there were but few along the border who did not place more confidence -in the opinions of Scarred Eagle than in their own. - -The latter, while his friend pushed forward the canoe, reloaded his -trusty rifle, which he had left in the canoe with his powder-horn, at -the time he feigned death. This accomplished, he directed his gaze -toward the shore. - -“Easy, Goodbrand, easy,” he whispered, at length. “It’s gittin’ dark, -but not fast enough for our purpose onless we move slower. That’s -right--it’s better.” - -His Indian friend had ceased to paddle, and the canoe floated -noiselessly on the water. For a quarter of an hour neither of them -spoke except in low whispers. About two hundred yards away loomed up -the great forest, stretching away from the shore. Not a sound came from -its depths yet they knew lurkers might lie along shore, thirsting for -their blood. - -“It’s jest possible that we mout land safe, Goodbrand; but ’twon’t dew -to trust the appearance of things hereaway,” remarked Scarred Eagle. -“Some o’ the chaps orter be expectin’ us, even ef they hain’t heard our -rifles, which it is posserble they hain’t.” - -“S’pose you give signal,” said the Indian. - -“We’ll steal up a little closer fust. Thar’s hardly an outline of the -shore to be seen now.” - -Goodbrand began to push the canoe forward. Suddenly a single peculiar -note came from the forest. - -“About with it, quick!” whispered Scarred Eagle. “It’s Ben Mace’s -signal, an’ warns of danger.” - -As he spoke he seized another paddle, and in a moment the canoe was -gliding back from shore. Then came three or four rifle-reports, and the -bullets whistled uncomfortably near. - -“Now, Goodbrand, we’ve got ter calkerlate clus,” remarked Scarred -Eagle, as soon as they were out of danger. “We’ve got ter land -_somewhar_. Whether furder up or down’s the question. We’ll be watched -for, cluser’n Saul watched for David, an’ must use all the wits -Proverdence has gin us.” - -“Scarred Eagle speaks well,” replied the Indian. “S’pose we go up. The -Miami warriors are cunning. They cum from fort-way an’ will watch above -here ’cos they’ve heerd us fight. Den we better go, hurry down.” - -“Ye’ve come to the marrer of the thing, Goodbrand, an’ that’s what I -like,” responded the other, after a moment’s thought. “Now, won’t our -enemies not reelly expict we’ll take the very course you speak of? It -strikes me they will. They’ll reason the thing ’bout ’s you, who ar’ -ecquainted with their wiles.” - -“I see--yis,” said Goodbrand, to whom this species of strategy was -apparently new. “Den, if say go up, we go.” - -“We must keep well out an’ dip light,” remarked Scarred Eagle, as -he seized a paddle. “It’s sartin Mace is ’round, an’ the rest orter -be--some on ’em. All on ’em wouldn’t have stayed at the bivo’ac. But -land we must; otherwise this night-wind ’ll benumb every narve in my -body.” - -For half an hour they continued to pull northward. As the darkness -deepened, they drew gradually nearer shore, and soon their canoe -touched a jut of land. - -At this moment, a succession of sounds, muffled by distance and -intervening forests, came to their ears. Any but the experienced ears -of a scout, would have failed to understand the significance of these -sounds. But our friends knew they were the echoes of rifle-reports. - -“Ay, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, in a whisper, as both glanced -around through the gloom. “The rest o’ the chaps ar’ in trouble, an’ -we’re in fur it. Come!” - -Both stepped noiselessly ashore, drew their canoe under the -densely-wooded bank, and then began to steal forward through the gloom. - - - - -CHAPTER II. - -MOOROOINE. - - -About an hour previous to the events last described, a number of -rangers were grouped around a fire, near the termination of a deep -forest gorge. A small stream ran through the gorge, finding an outlet -at the shores of the lake, about two miles away. At their backs rose an -almost perpendicular cliff a hundred feet in hight, covered with dense -foliage. The banks of the gorge, opposite, were comparatively low, and -supported huge trees, whose branches, shooting far out, rendered the -place gloomy even at midday. - -A better hiding-place, or bivouac, for a _posse_ of rangers, could not -well have been chosen. An enemy might pass within thirty yards of the -place, and be none the wiser, so far as sight or hearing is concerned. -On the contrary, those within, looking outward from comparative -darkness, could quickly discover the presence of interlopers, and -withstand attack or make a good retreat, as policy might require. - -The rangers had not been at this bivouac long. In groups of two, -they had been watching the forest in different directions. They had -returned, according to previous arrangement, and were now partaking -heartily of rich venison-stew broiled on the bed of coals in their -midst. They had assured themselves that no Indians were lurking near, -before kindling the fire; yet the smoke from the hard, dry wood, became -invisible ere it reached the top of the interlaced branches above them. - -Little need be said in description of these men. They were the main -body of scouts mentioned in the preceding chapter, and Scarred Eagle -was their acknowledged leader. They were all hardy-looking fellows, -well-armed, and of various ages, of uncouth appearance, rough in -speech, but with nerves of steel; ready to face danger at any moment, -and not loth to indulge in the pastime of a wrestling-match, or -knock-down among themselves, in the absence of more exciting events. - -“Seems ter me Brom, as yer call ’im, orter showed hisself afore now -ef ’e _ain’t_ got took,” remarked one of them, a tall, coarse-looking -fellow in homespun. - -“I dun know, Hulet,” replied one of his companions, clearing his -throat. “It’s a dangerous job he ondertook--gittin’ to the fort when -it’s compissed by so many Injuns. But ’e ain’t had time. A day for -twenty miles’ travel, an’ all on’t to be _stole_ over, ain’t too long, -I reckon.” - -“I know it’s dangerous. But he’s be’n gone more’n a day. He started -three hours afore this time yisterday.” - -“An’ s’posin’ ’e did?” broke in another, of Celtic origin. “Is dthat -a sign he’s tuk? How dthe deuce are you or me to know dthe crooks an’ -turns he’s had to make? Uv wan thing I’m certain, Brum w’u’dn’t cair -for y’ur advice, nor woon’t thank yees for y’ur unaisiness. So ye -needn’t be ov dthe first to wurry.” - -Hulet deigned no answer to the Irishman, but resumed conversation with -the ranger first addressed. - -“Then, you’re out on the distance tew,” he said. “It’s sca’ce ten miles -to the fort.” - -“It ain’t, eh?” answered the one called Revel, who stopped with a piece -of venison half-way to his mouth, and eyed the questioner. “Sca’ce ten -mile! Who don’t know that?” - -“You said, twenty.” - -One or two of the group indulged in sneering chuckles. - -“I say so yit,” returned Revel. “Brom’s got to pass over the ground -_twice_ afore he gits back here, ain’t ’e?” - -“Yees needn’t ax _dthat_, Will,” said the Irishman. “Our _laider_ has -swall’ed too much venison entoirely, an’ it’s druv all dthe sinse he -had in his head down to his belly. Dthe thruth, as sure’s me father wur -a docthur!” - -The laugh which went round at Hulet’s expense, was of course not -over-relished by the latter. - -“That ar’ ye call wit--Irish wit, I s’pose,” returned Hulet unable to -conceal anger. “But I don’ know ’bout the ‘doctor.’ Who ever heerd of a -durned Irishman bein’ a doctor.” - -“Who is it?” queried the Irishman, fiercely. “I’ll take a joke but not -an insoolt to me name, ye domd gossoon. Me father _was_ a docthur, -though, an’ I, Tim Devine, am able to docthur y’ur face, for the -slandhur of y’ur tongue!” He aimed a blow at Hulet, as he spoke, which -the latter parried. - -“Hold on--this ’ere ain’t a-goin’ to do, now,” said Revel, rushing -between them. “This ain’t the time for a row. Put it off. We’ve got -to start pretty soon for the lake-shore. Thar may be Injuns skulking -around, an’ we ain’t goin’ ter be sech headlong fools as to direct ’em -here.” - -Tim stood back. In the absence of Scarred Eagle, Revel was a sort of -leader, and all liked him. But Tim shot fierce glances at Hulet, who -smiled tauntingly. - -“Niver mind, aneconde,” said Tim. “We’ll hove dthis out some time, -an’ though y’ur size is something in y’ur favor, I’ll make ye respict -me name if not swalle y’ur words. See if I don’t now, ye ill-mannered -baist!” - -“Hold up, men,” interrupted Revel. “Don’t run it into a quarrel. That’s -foolish.” - -“I don’t want ’er quarrel, nor have no diffikilty,” said Hulet. “But he -begun it. I own I made a mistake ’bout the distance we was talkin’ of, -’cos I didn’t at fust think.” - -“Co-cor-course; Hulet knew better ef he’d had time ter th-th-think. -He don’t allus, ye know, bo-bo-boyes. T’other day he mis-mis-mistook -an Injun fur a black b-b-bear, jest ’cos he didn’t hev time ter -th-th-think!” - -The stuttering speaker was a tall, spare man, with a whimsical face, -eyes keen as a hawk’s and almost as small. His sally was greeted by a -round of subdued laughter, from all except Hulet, whose face showed -more signs of anger than had been evinced during his renconter with the -Irishman. - -Hulet was not personally well liked by his companions. He had been -with them but a few days. He pretended to hail from one of the border -settlements, and claimed to be a scout of much experience. One or two -of the rangers held him in positive distrust. He seemed used to the -forest; yet at times he made strange blunders for a scout. The one -referred to by the stutterer actually happened, two days previously, -while they were hovering in the rear of a Huron party. - -“Wal, _laugh_, ef it suits ye!” said Revel, fiercely. “When it comes my -turn, I’ll let some on ye know!” - -“What’s that ye say?” spoke Revel, turning sharply upon him. He thought -he detected something of the nature of a threat in the other’s tone. - -“You yerself wouldn’t want a mistake flung inter y’ur face every time -any thing comes up!” said Hulet. “But let it pass. A chap that stutters -is allus gittin’ off sunthin’ to make a laugh,” and he tried to look -good-naturedly toward the stutterer, Joe Hill. - -“Ex-ex-exactly!” rejoined the latter worthy. “My tongue -kine-kine-kinder hitches when I talk, an’ that’s wha-wha-whar I git -time ter th-th-think whuther an objict’s a b’ar or an In-In-Injun.” - -None seemed disposed to interrupt Joe. They enjoyed the badinage too -well. The Irishman especially fatted at the idea of bringing Hulet into -contempt, and encouraged Joe to keep it up. But Hulet disarmed the -latter by joining slightly in the laugh, and then addressing Will Revel: - -“I don’t understand why Brown should resk himself to visit the fort, -now,” he said. “The major won’t care ter make a sally afore the -reinforcements come.” - -“Old Rhodan knows what he sent ’em for,” answered Revel. “That’s all I -kin tell ye.” - -“Ye mean him that’s called Scarred Eagle. He an’ Brown seem to think -oncommon of each other. Relashuns, ain’t they?” - -“Not by blood; though father and son couldn’t think more of each other -than they. Rhodan saved ’im, when he war a striplin’, from the Hurons. -They’ve stuck to one another ever sence, as it’s nat’ral they should.” - -“In course. Strikes me that Scarred Eagle himself orter be among us, -ef he’s comin’ to-night. Mebbe he won’t. It’s goin’ to be dark’s a -pocket.” - -The Irishman here nudged Joe Hill. - -“Yis; dar-dark-darker’n the outside of a black b-b-_ba’r_,” assented -Joe, giving his face a comical twist. - -“It’s comin’ on fast, too,” said Revel. “We must betake ourselves to -the lake-shore and watch for Scarred Eagle. Ef he don’t come by dark we -kin come back an’ wait.” - -“Must be Ben Mace’ll come,” said another. “He hadn’t so fur to go.” - -“That’s why I feel a trifle oneasy ’bout _him_, Lew,” answered Revel. -“I’ll own it. He’s as good a scout as is in the kentry, only he’s -so mad at sight of an Injun. He runs too much resk for the sake of -revenge.” - -“Why not stay whar we be?” said Hulet. “I don’t b’l’eve Scarred -Eagle ’ll git back frum the neck to-night. Thar’s no Injuns in the -neighborhood, an’ ef I kin read right it’ll be so dark in an hour that -none on us could find our way back.” - -“How mooch for y’ur advoice, Misthur _Hugelet_?” said Tim, quickly. -“You’re afeard of runnin’ y’ur head ag’in’ a tree or _bear_, whuch? -Dthe id’a of a scout, a syees _purtind_ to be, not bein’ able to git -through the woods for darkness! Pish!” - -“You’ll run y’ur head ag’in’ sunthin’ bimeby, Mister Brogue,” said -Hulet, “that’ll make ye--” - -“Oh, git out!” interrupted Revel, again. “Let this foolin’ come to an -end. Some o’ them that’s away may come or not, but we’ll watch for ’em -anyhow. I think Rhodan ’ll be back. The darkness won’t stop him.” - -“He’d find his way through te-teto-te-tle--_durn it_--tetotal darkness -blindfolded,” added Joe, spitefully. - -“Good, Joe,” said Revel, with a laugh. “Now, boys--ah, what’s that?” - -He had seen a dusky figure pass by the outlet of the gorge. Before he -spoke, however, Joe Hill had sprung off with the agility of a cat, and -disappeared in the bushes hard by. The rest grasped their rifles and -followed. But they had hardly reached the outlet of the ravine when Joe -reappeared from a side-path, leading an Indian girl, who evidently had -not tried hard to get away. - -“Thar!” he ejaculated, “I’ve g-got ’er, though what she wa-wan--_blast -it!_--_wants_ hyur’s more’n I kin tell. Cu-curi’s part on’t is, she -did-didn’t tr-r-r-try ter git away.” - -“Hurry out an’ look around, some of you,” said Will Revel, quickly. -“Mebbe thar’s others near.” - -“None but me,” said the captive, in fair English. - -All, except Hulet, gazed upon her curiously. The girl was an Indian -beauty, apparently about eighteen years of age. She was above the -medium hight, and the color of her skin showed that white blood ran in -her veins. She wore beautiful moccasins upon her feet, and was dressed -tastefully. Her hair was glossy, black and fine, falling around her -shoulders in masses, though kept back from her forehead by a glittering -silver band. At her back was a bow and quiver of arrows; while a light -hatchet and a knife were pendent from either side of her waist. She -confronted the rangers without showing a sign of fear, though evidently -embarrassed. - -“Why’ve ye come here, Injun girl?” asked Revel. “If it’s to do us harm, -you’re very foolish.” - -“No come for that,” she said, earnestly. - -“How’d ye know we war here?” - -“Didn’t know. Looked sharp--den find you. Come for do good. Injuns that -way,” pointing toward the lake. “You git scalps took if not careful.” - -“Hear _dthat_ now!” muttered the Irishman. - -“Why’d ye come to warn us?” asked Revel. “Ain’t ye afraid we’ll harm -ye?” - -“Not much,” answered the Indian girl, dropping her eyes. “If did, would -not come. Moorooine loves the white race. Some bad, some good--so -everywhere. But Moorooine loves them and warns them. Some white -herself, too.” - -Will Revel started in surprise as he heard the girl’s name. Two more of -the group also showed surprise and looked with new interest upon her. - -“Who sent you here?” asked Revel. - -“No one,” replied the Indian girl. “I followed some warriors softly -that went on trail. They found where two men went off in canoe. Some -watch for them to come back; others search forest.” - -“Then Scarred Eagle ’ll be in danger,” said Revel, turning to his -comrades. “Thar’s no time to lose. I’ve reason to b’l’eve this girl’s -true to us. How many ar’ along the lake-shore?” he added, turning to -Moorooine again. - -“Me talk more with you, alone,” she said, avoiding the bevy of eyes -fixed upon her. Revel followed her a short distance aside. - -“There is _so_ much warriors twice,” she said, in answer to his last -question, holding up both hands with the fingers outspread. “They -chased white man, but white man got away.” - -“Did you see the white man?” - -“Yes. Warriors call ’im Evil Eye.” - -“Ah--Ben Mace!” exclaimed Revel. “Did he run this way?” - -“Goin’ to; but had to hide. Den warriors missed ’im an’ leave behind. -Look out for white friends on lake. Be careful, an’ look out for -yourselves, too. Git took if don’t. Moorooine knows the forest an’ will -help you. Mus’ go now. Bimeby you come too.” - -“One minit,” said Will Revel. “You come here for more’n you say, -Moorooine. I’ve heerd y’ur name afore. Thar’s a young hunter who -ginrully goes with the Scarred Eagle. Have ye seen him called the White -Fox, up to’ards the fort?” This was the name by which Brom Vail was -known among the Indians. - -The Indian maiden glanced curiously into the ranger’s face, and the -rich blood mounted to her cheeks and brow. - -“Yes; seen ’im,” she answered, dropping her eyes. “He not here, go in -canoe with friend, s’pose. Me watch for his coming an’ you watch too. -Be careful. Mebbe all of us cheat warriors an’ save him an’ friend.” - -“We’ll do our best, sartin,” said Will. “But Moorooine is at fault. -White Fox started for the fort yisterday, an’ we’re lookin’ for ’im -back.” - -The girl’s manner changed at once. A look of deep apprehension appeared -in her face. - -“White Fox got to fort in night an’ started back early in morning,” -she said. “Me see ’im softly (secretly) outside the fort. Much ’fraid -Injuns got ’im! Too bad, very!” - -Her looks betrayed intense anxiety. And Revel’s was equally great. -He saw all at a glance. As intimated, he had heard of the Miami girl, -Moorooine, before. The strongest attachment had sprung up between -her and Brom Vail. They had met a few months before, when Brom, with -his foster-father and a man of the name of Thorpe, were seeking for -information affecting the peace of the latter’s mind. Moorooine had -afforded the party successful aid, and once saved their lives at the -risk of her own. - -“Mus’ go!” she said, suddenly. “Mus’ save White Fox if can, an’ rest -too.” - -“We’ll be on hand, brave girl,” said Will. “If we kin git with Scarred -Eagle an’ Goodbrand we’ll find whar Brom is, or die for’t. D’ye s’pose -ye could find the Evil Eye?” - -“Me try to, an’ den git him help. Ha!” she exclaimed, as her keen -glance shot through the bushes toward the rest of the company. “Who -_that_ man?” - -Will followed her glance, which rested upon the person of Hulet. For -the first time he noticed the latter had kept as much as possible in -the background when the Indian girl came. Hulet had advanced a little -nearer to the rest, who had apparently noticed his conduct. - -“That?” said Revel. “He’s a scout like the rest of us. Does Moorooine -know ’im?” - -“_Most_ do,” she answered, in a whisper, keeping her eyes toward him. -“You know ’im long?” - -“Only a few days. Why do you ask?” - -“Sure now,” she whispered. “Have seen ’im ’round fort with Injuns. -Watch ’im sharp. He’s no _good_ white man. He carries two tongues an’ -will betray you an’ me too if can.” - -“What did they call ’im?” inquired Revel, excitedly. - -“Sly Hate. Take care _him_. Mus’ go. You know cry of night-hawk? One, -tell you ‘look out;’ two will mean, ‘come.’” The girl turned and -disappeared through the bushes toward the lake. - -Will stood a few moments in deep surprise. “Sly Hate,” he muttered. -“The one that was cashiered for cowardice a year ago at Montreal, and -then j’ined the Injuns. An’ he’s here ter lead us into a trap. By the -great livin’, he shain’t play the game no further!” - -He stalked through the bushes and approached the group of rangers. He -kept his head down so that Hulet might not suspect his designs till -the last moment. But when he came near the men, he raised his eyes and -saw that Hulet was not present. The rest were watching his own strange -approach curiously. - -“Phat’s come across yees?” exclaimed the Irishman. - -“Did thet Injun gal--” - -“Whar’s Hulet?” interrupted Revel, sternly. All glanced around, and -several spoke at once. - -“Why ’e was here not a minit ago, ’cos--” - -Further speech was interrupted. A rifle cracked not far away, and one -of the group, grasping his breast, fell to the ground! The report was -succeeded by a defiant shout from Hulet, who had disappeared in the -direction of the lake. - -“It’s all over with me, boys,” gasped the stricken man. “Go on--all of -you, an’ take the traitor, and avenge my death.” - - - - -CHAPTER III. - -TWO LESS. - - -Exclamations of horror burst from the rangers, and the next moment all -were rapidly plunging through the bushes after Hulet. For the time -being no thought, no desire, was in their minds other than to avenge -the death of their comrade, Lew Burns. - -In a few moments they cleared the dense bushes surrounding their -bivouac and caught a glimpse of the traitor. He was some forty yards -away, running rapidly. Three rifles spoke in quick succession, but the -rascal kept on, unscathed. The three who had fired, stopped to reload, -while Will Revel and Dan Hicks kept on. - -To strike a man running at full speed through a densely-wooded forest, -bounding aside and deviating on the course every moment, is no easy -task, and this the rangers well knew. - -“Keep y’ur shot, Dan!” cried Will Revel to the one running at his side. -“Thar’ll be a better chance to strike ’im soon.” - -The other comprehended him. Not sixty rods straight ahead was a -comparatively open space where the fugitive’s body would be more -exposed. Hulet would either have to cross this or turn abruptly aside -before reaching it. And the latter alternative would give his pursuers -a chance to gain upon him rapidly. - -Something more than a desire for revenge was now in the minds of -the pursuers, and, if possible, incited them to greater speed. They -remembered that Hulet’s escape would enhance the dangers of old Rhodan -and Goodbrand, and might also result fatally to the noble Indian girl -who had taken such pains to seek them out and warn them. - -Like hounds Will Revel and his comrade sprung on, keeping their gaze -upon the runaway, though not apparently gaining a yard upon him. The -latter did not seem to notice the open space which he was rapidly -approaching till he was quite near it. Then, as if suddenly aware of -his increased danger, he whirled and struck toward the left. - -“Now!” shouted Will Revel. “_You_ try ’im, Dan, an’ I’ll keep on.” - -His plan was to reserve his own shot to the last, hoping if Dan failed, -to make it more effectual by taking advantage of Hulet’s momentary -confusion. - -But the latter was neither hit nor diverted a moment by the bullet of -Dan Hicks, which must have whizzed very close to his head. He was not -more than twenty yards distant when Revel jerked his rifle to a level -and fired. Notwithstanding the gloom which began rapidly to deepen, -Revel saw that he had struck the traitor near the shoulder, though -Hulet still ran on. - -“Take ’eer o’ that!” shouted the exasperated ranger to his friend, -as he slung his rifle toward him. “By the great Moses, that hellion -shain’t give us all the slip!” - -Without pausing for a second he drew a little ax from his girdle and -bounded on with maddened energy. He knew the traitor would not long -elude him. As if conscious of this, Hulet also threw down his rifle and -pealed out two or three ringing shouts of distress. Will Revel well -knew that the commotion might bring some of the lurking Indians to the -spot. But he also knew that his companions were hurrying up. Conscious -that he was gaining on the wretch, he determined to bring him down at -all hazards. - -Suddenly he heard some one bounding toward him and his prey from an -opposite direction. Not doubting that it was an Indian, he drew back -his arm to hurl the ax at Hulet, now about a dozen yards away. But -before he could throw the weapon, he heard the twang of a bow, the whiz -of an arrow, and noticed that Hulet was struck in the arm. As quick -as thought the ax sped from his hand. But, as though some evil genius -protected Hulet, he suddenly sprung aside and the ax missed him. - -“Hold--what’s this?” cried a voice, suddenly. - -“It’s a traitor--Sime Hulet--head him off, Mace, quick!” shouted Will, -who had recognized the speaker. - -The next moment there was a series of shouts and bounds, and Will saw -the traitor fall to the earth before the sweep of Mace’s rifle. Then -the cry of a night-hawk, distinct and clear, rung through the forest. - -“Back, all on ye, back!” said Mace, as he met Revel and saw his -companions rushing up. “Thar’s nigh twenty uv the cussed p’isons, an’ -half on ’em ar’ comin’ this way. Back, an’ get a better spot to meet -’em in!” - -As he spoke they all heard the bounds of the Indians close by. Aside -from this, Revel remembered the signal of Moorooine. The spot they were -in was quite open, being the upper part of the cleared space which -Hulet had sought to avoid. The gloom here was not yet so deep but that -their forms would be well outlined, and present fair marks to the -Indians hurrying up. Without loss of time the rangers darted back and -obtained cover. - -Every weapon was soon reloaded. Fully alive to the occasion, the men -stationed themselves a little distance apart and listened for their -foes. Not a word was spoken, and even their very breaths were hushed. - -Ten minutes thus passed. It was equally still beyond the open space. -But suddenly a movement was heard a few rods away, and the gaze of the -men was strained toward the place whence it appeared to come. The -fast-approaching darkness however, began to render objects on the open -space very indistinct. - -Will Revel glided noiselessly to the side of Mace. - -“Take ’eer!” cautioned the latter. “We’re in a hornet’s nest jes’ now. -How’d ye find out ’bout thet cussed Hulet?” - -Will rapidly explained. - -“Hah! Then ’twar the Injun gal thet jest gave the signal!” - -“She was goin’ to find you,” said Will. “But I s’pose she wanted to -make sure that hellion was out o’ the way fust.” - -“Nat’ral enough. He’d bring her into diffikilty, of course. But she k’n -rest easy consarnin’ him. Blast ’im, I wish we could ’a’ got ’im inter -our paws alive.” - -“Where were you, Mace?” - -“Look out! Hark! Thar--it’s all still ag’in. Durn ’em, they ain’t ’n no -hurry to move. Whar was I? Up nigh the Miami village when they gi’n me -chase. It happened well, for I not only got away, but seen a scrimmage -on the lake--or heerd it.” - -“Who?” - -“Scarred Eagle an’ Goodbrand war chased from the neck. They hed a -rig’lar devil’s tussle with some Injuns thet follered ’em in a canoe. -I warned ’em off, but it cost me a world of dodgin’. Ha, now thar’s a -move yender, fur sartin!” - -Their whispers instantly ceased, and they listened intently. Any one -unused to such scenes would not have believed a leaf had stirred. - -But these men had no doubt that a number of their foes were moving so -as to get in their rear. Revel saw Mace suddenly elevate his rifle, and -then lower it with a muttered curse. At the same time a crackling noise -came from the opposite side of the opening. - -“We must sarcumvent ’em in that game,” said Mace. - -“How? fall back?” - -“No--go forrard. No doubt half a dozen on ’em’s gone down the ground, -an’ no knowin’ how many ar’ d’rectly oppersite. We must pass ter the -left o’ these, an’ go on towarts the lake-shore. Ef Rhodan hez got -landed, he an’ Goodbrand ’ll need help. We must try ter git ’em with -us.” - -“Very well. Shall I speak to the others?” - -“Yis. No--hold on. I’ll dew that myself, an’ you go on--one on ’em’s -above ye now. I’ll try ter cross here, shortly. You kin try the same -furder up.” - -“You’ll git into greater danger by that,” said Revel. “Them that ar’ -watchin’ from where it’s darker ’ll see ye the better.” - -“’Tain’t so much resk as ter lay still here when a number o’ the skunks -are creepin’ up ahind us. Ef they come up in time we’ll be atween tew -fires, an’ then thar wouldn’t be half a chance left. Move on.” - -Convinced that his companion was right, Revel obeyed. The darkness was -now so great that he could see scarce half a rifle’s length around -him. A few yards away he found another of the rangers, and hurriedly -apprising him of Mace’s plans, the two stole forward. - -All the senses of the men were now literally strained. Not only had -they to avoid making any noise which might disclose their position -to lurking foes, but also to hold themselves ready for any sudden -encounter. At any moment they might meet an enemy as agile, watchful -and skilled in forest warfare as themselves. And yet, instead of a -feeling of dread, one of wild, intense excitement thrilled their veins. - -They had crept forward but a rod or two when they detected similar -movements on their right. Will Revel knew that the Indians were moving -up to intercept them, and that Mace was perhaps at that moment gliding -across the open space. - -He whispered a moment to his companion. The latter agreed to move on -alone. Revel himself wished to strike across the open space at this -point. - -He waited some moments, listening to the almost noiseless advance of -his fellow-rangers. Then he turned and was about to glide across the -open space, when a voice spoke close to his ear. He knew it, and turned -to see the Indian girl close beside him. - -“Where go now?” she whispered. - -“Over yonder,” replied Revel. “Some of the warriors have gone below -here, an’ll soon be up ahind us.” - -“Be much careful,” she admonished. “More warriors comin’ from lake.” - -“Ar’ ye sure?” - -“Yes--sure. Has Evil Eye any news?” - -“No,” replied Will. “Seek Rhodan and Goodbrand. If we live, the White -Fox shall be found.” - -At that instant a bright sheet of flame came from the opposite side -of the space, and the report of a rifle followed. But before its -echoes had ceased, a rifle just below them answered, and an Indian’s -death-groan was distinctly heard. - -The Indian girl disappeared from Revel’s side as noiseless as a shadow. -Holding his rifle ready, he bent forward on foot and knee, his gaze -toward the spot where the Indian had fallen. He knew it was Mace who -had shot the warrior, and he resolved to wait till the former should -move. - -The forest was now as still as though no living being lurked in its -depths. But presently he heard evidence that told him his companions -below were coming toward him. - -He rose cautiously, and began to move on. He believed Mace had changed -his plan. Perhaps some of their foes were already gliding directly up -on their rear. Suddenly he paused. Some of the rest were very near him. - -“Mace?” he whispered. - -“He’s behind,” whispered a voice belonging to another of the rangers. -“Four or five ar’ but a leetle ways ahind us.” - -“There’s more ahead than we thought, tew. But there’s no chance to tell -the rest, and too late to go back. Come on!” - -At this moment a sudden commotion began in the bushes not ten yards -away. Not a cry was heard. The combatants were too intent on the -struggle. - -The two rangers leaped forward. In a second they could discern two dark -figures clinched and struggling for the mastery. Before they themselves -could interpose, a groan burst out, and one of the combatants dropped. - -“Thar--durn yer!” muttered the voice of the triumphant ranger; but even -as the unguarded words came from his lips, a hatchet in the hands of an -Indian behind crashed through his brain, and he fell against Revel. - -The latter nearly fell himself, but recovering, was in time to ward -off a knife-blow, and to close with a powerful savage. As he did so, -two rifle-reports rung out near by, and he heard bold, bounding steps -across the open space to his right. - -He noted these circumstances, even at that fearful moment; and then he -was struggling fiercely with his enemy. - -The savage had him at a disadvantage; but Revel happened, at the -outset, to grasp the Indian’s long hair, and pulled his head back. With -his left hand he grasped him around the waist, and tried to throw him. -The Indian’s left hand was nearly useless, but his right held a knife, -which began to make havoc upon Revel’s shoulder, despite the latter’s -endeavor to hold the Indian’s arm. - -Suddenly the struggle brought Revel’s adversary against a prostrate -tree-trunk over which he fell, dragging the ranger upon him. The -accident enabled Will to draw his own knife, and the next instant it -was buried in the Indian’s breast! - -Springing up, he saw that the ranger who had followed him had been -similarly engaged. The latter was underneath a savage, and struggling -desperately to avoid the knife-thrusts aimed at his breast. Revel -sprung to his assistance. But a dark form was before him--that of Mace. -The latter dealt the Indian a blow, and with a groan he rolled aside. - -“Down, quick!” said Mace; and with the words, he dropped to the ground, -jerking Will down beside him. Two or three reports rung out, and the -bullets whistled over them. The three men hastily crept a few yards -aside. - -“Where’s the rest?” whispered Will. - -“A little below us, workin’ their way up,” said Mace. “They’ll git -tired o’ this, cuss ’em.” - -“Poor Hank!” said Dan Hicks. “That makes two.” - -“They’re gittin’ paid!” said Mace, grimly. “Hish!” - -Footsteps were distinguished coming from below. Mace was satisfied -whose they were. In the course of three minutes, the other rangers came -up. Meantime, nothing to indicate any new position of the Indians had -been heard. - -A hurried consultation was held by the men. Mace knew that not less -than a dozen savages were around them yet. But the commotion had -diverted those on the watch for Rhodan; so it was naturally supposed -the latter and his Indian friend had succeeded in landing, and were -perhaps, not far off. Yet to venture on signal-notes would apprise the -savages of their exact position. - -“Let each one hold his knife ready,” said Mace. “We’ll separate a -little an’ keep on this course. It’s no wuss’n to stay here till they -steal upon us. Mebbe we’ll run across Rhodan. Come.” - - - - -CHAPTER IV. - -THE HUMAN BIRD. - - -Of course the rangers had conversed in whispers, which could not have -been heard three yards away. And not for a second had they ceased to -watch and listen with strained senses. - -But they did not start. Another rifle spoke from the opposite side of -the open space, the bullet passing near them. And during the succeeding -moment or two, they detected movements at their left. For a short time -longer they remained motionless and silent. - -“These on our left ar’ goin’ up,” said Mace. “Ten to one most o’ the -skunks ar’ above us now. I’m goin’ ter make stret across the openin’.” - -Joe Hill undertook to whisper something; but the other had no time to -hear him, being already creeping after Mace. Joe suppressed a wrathy -exclamation and followed. - -The nature of the ground was such that a practiced scout could steal -over it without much danger of being heard. The greatest danger was -being seen. Each went on hand and knee, moving slowly. They were nearly -across, when Mace suddenly stopped and hugged close to the ground. -Those behind followed suit. - -They were not more than ten yards from the edge of the woods beyond, -which was marked by deeper darkness. What had Mace discovered? - -It was a silent query soon answered. A figure was moving forward, -intent on crossing to the side they had just left. Evidently the author -of the last shot. - -The Indian came on slowly. He was not over-cautious, for his body was -but half bent. Its dim outlines barely perceptible through the deep -gloom, seemed twice the natural size. He probably had not, as yet, the -faintest suspicion that enemies were so near him. - -He was nearly past the motionless rangers, when suddenly he stopped. -Was it instinct or his keen vision-sense that caused him to glance -around? - -Not the latter, evidently, for soon he moved on. - -He had taken no more than three steps, when he again stopped and peered -aside. He was now but little more than a yard from the side of Joe -Hill. He gazed around for a moment, and then bent lower down. He meant -to know if the almost imperceptible stir made by Joe Hill was only -fancy. - -The Indian was speedily undeceived. Two long arms suddenly shot up, -clasping his neck and throat like a vice. No power to cry out; nor to -struggle. Two forms rose quickly, near Joe, and prevented this. The -knife of one was sent to the Indian’s heart. Half a minute later, Hill -released his grasp, and was creeping forward after his companions. - -They were shortly within the edge of the woods. At that moment three -rifles spoke opposite the open space and above them. As though -frightened by the commotion, two distinct cries of a night-hawk -followed close upon the echoes of the reports. - -“I was right!” whispered Mace. “That volley tells it. They don’t -suspect we’ve crossed the openin’. Come on!” - -“No--here; not that way,” said Revel. “Furder south, in the direction -of the night-hawk’s notes. They were made by the Injun girl, an’ mean, -come. We’ll find it safer in that direction!” - -And the prediction proved true. As the rangers crept in the direction -indicated, their practiced ears heard stealthy footsteps a few rods -away, approaching the open space they had just left. - -Acting on the supposition that the way was clear before them, they -ventured on more haste. Twenty minutes passed, and they were far from -the scene of their late struggle. And all the while Will Revel was -looking for some sign of Moorooine’s presence. The section of forest -they were now in was not very dense, and the stars overhead afforded a -faint light around them. - -“We’re less ’n a mile from the lake,” said Mace, halting. “Scarred -Eagle must ’a’ heerd the shots, an’ orter be clus by ef he landed -anywhar opposite us. I’ll venture on a signal, anyhow.” - -But another signal was given before him--that of the Indian girl, -meaning “beware!” She was evidently at some point between them and the -opening they had left. Were the Indians following them toward the lake? - -A few moments of strict silence convinced them of this. Savages at the -right, left, and not a hundred yards behind them. - -Their predicament was hardly less dangerous than half an hour previous. -They were further from their foes, but the latter had them within an -arc, with the lake-shore for a base. - -To get out of this was the point. They began a hurried consultation; -but it was quickly brought to an end. Behind them, and on either flank -the Indians were approaching rapidly. That the latter were aware of -their position, was evident from their bold movements. - -The rangers glided directly forward, from tree to tree. Presently the -ball was opened by the discharge of several rifles behind them. A -bullet grazed the arm of Ben Mace, the others were untouched. Then came -a chorus of fierce, loud yells, enough to curdle the blood; but not of -these men, who were now on a full run. - -They knew ten minutes would bring them into the denser portion of -forest, skirting the lake. Once there, a better chance would open for -concealing themselves or stealing past their enemies. - -“Spread out!” said Mace. “Thar’ll be less chance o’ bein’ hit.” - -“Let us turn on dthe domd apes,” cried Tim Devine, as a bullet grazed -his shoulder. “Dthey be on us in a minnit.” - -“No; r-r-r-r-_run_, durn ye!” blurted Hill. - -A peculiar whistle at this moment rung out at quite a distance ahead. -All knew it was that of Scarred Eagle, and pressed on for life. - -Three minutes later. - -“I--say--Mace, what d’ye think of--” - -“Yis; down for a second and turn on ’em. Don’t waste lead!” - -A number of Indians converging from the right were hardly thirty yards -distant. Three or four of them had just fired, and a hasty glance -behind showed them coming on in something of a cluster. - -The pursued rangers suddenly stopped, dropped on foot and knee, and -poured a volley into their pursuers. Then, amidst the echoes of yells -and groans, they sprung onward again, like lightning. But the check -they had given in one quarter was more than balanced by loss of time -and the proximity of their enemies coming directly behind. - -“Every man for himself, an’ devil take the hindmost!” The action of -the borderers was in keeping with this old saying, at least. Knife in -one hand, rifle in the other, they sped on, intent on penetrating the -deeper lines of darkness ahead. - -The Indians were fearfully near. The foremost were hardly thirty feet -behind when a hatchet whizzed, striking Tim’s rifle and whirling him -half round. He was barely in time to recover his balance and club his -rifle. - -“Take dthat! Och, here’s for betthur nor worse, thin!” - -He had laid one of his assailants low, and the next instant was grasped -by another. By great good-fortune he knifed this one, who in convulsive -agony bore him to the ground. At the moment two rifles rung out and two -savages fell headlong, rolling over both. - -With desperate quickness, the Irishman sprung up in time to see one or -two men vanish before him. He sprung after them, not certain whether -they were friends or foes. - -The matter was soon determined. A dozen bounds brought him to a natural -barricade of prostrate tree-trunks, over which he tumbled in his -excitement, his heels coming in contact with the head and shoulders of -a man. - -“Gi-gi-git--oh, cuss ye!” muttered Hill. - -“Hish!” said a voice. “Crunch down hyur all on ye, an’ not stir -onless--” - -The voice was that of Scarred Eagle. He had not a chance to finish the -sentence, for a dark body of savages were rushing on, not ten yards -away. He himself dashed away with Goodbrand, leaving the men crouched -under the fallen timber. - -Every one of them understood Scarred Eagle’s object. His plan was the -bold one of trying to draw the entire _posse_ of Indians past them, -running the risk of escaping himself afterward. And, indeed, the bounds -of himself and Goodbrand, as they sped away, were enough to convince -the pursuers that all their victims were yet running. But to make the -deception more perfect, a loud, excited voice cried: - -“Now--to the lake-shore for y’ur lives!” - -The next moment a number of savages rushed past, on either side of -the concealed men, and four or five sprung directly over them. One of -these, unfortunately for himself, slipped and fell beside them. But the -incident was unheeded by his companions, and before they were a dozen -bounds away, the hand of Ben Mace stilled the savage forever. - -Then every man reloaded as quickly as it was possible to do in the -gloom. - -“What d’ye think, Mace?” whispered Revel. - -“We might ’s well skim back an’ git ter the bivouac ef we kin. The -woods ’pears ter be full on ’em, cuss ’em!” - -“Just what I think. Less you an’ me an’ Dan, try to find poor Hank an’ -the rest, an’ make stret back.” - -“An’ laive Scarred Aigle is it?” said Tim. “Divil blow yees, pwhat wan -of ye--” - -“Oh, _shet_ up!” ejaculated Hill. “Him an’ Goodbrand ’ll uther dodge -’em or take th-th-the _boat_; blast ye, come on!” - -They moved quickly and stealthily back on the course. There was no -danger of their being heard, for the commotion made by the outwitted -savages came every moment to their ears. - -But they had not proceeded very far when the noise and commotion -ceased. Mace paused and glanced back anxiously. - -“Mebbe the murderin’ skunks begin ter suspict what’s happined,” he -said. “Must be Rhodan an’ Goodbrand ’ll uther git back this way, ur -take to thar canoe. But ef I thought--” - -He suddenly ceased speaking and listened intently. A thrill war-whoop -echoed through the woods in the direction of the baffled Indians. It -was succeeded by a chorus of fierce shouts. - -“One or both on’ ’em’s took!” exclaimed Mace, excitedly. “’Twas the -price fur snatchin’ us frum death, an’ I fur one ’ll go back ag’in’ all -odds!” - -“Good, me hairty!” exclaimed the impulsive Irishman. “Tim Devine ’ud -foller yees ef ’twas to dthe mouth of purgatory itself. Thrue as me -father was a docthur!” - -Ere the generous Celt had concluded, all of them had started. Each knew -it might be his last tramp on earth. But not one of them would have -hesitated even before more certain perils. And they hoped that Scarred -Eagle might yet escape. - -As they were hurrying on, a dark figure appeared suddenly before them. - -“No go yit--wait,” said a low voice. - -It was the Indian girl, Moorooine. And as she spoke the rangers were -around her. - -“What!” said Revel. “Do you know what has happened?” - -“She kain’t do no good--come on,” exclaimed Mace. “We orter know what -that war-whoop meant.” - -“’Twas Miami whoop--but friendly one,” persisted the girl. “Warkechin. -Know him. Called Goodbrand.” - -Mace paused. “How d’ye know?” he said. “An’ yit--” - -“I b’lieve it!” said Hicks and Revel, in a breath. “Ye know it mout be, -Ben,” continued the latter. “The Miami is workin’ for Rhodan’s safety -an’ his own.” - -“Yes; tryin’ save _both_,” said Moorooine. “Now you know _that_--go on, -help.” - -She herself led the way, keeping in view before them for a few seconds, -and then disappearing altogether. She seemed to move as noiseless as a -bird. - -Again every thing around was silent as a charnel-house. The rangers, -scattered quite a distance apart, soon halted at a signal from Mace, -and came together. - -“Two kin go ahead an’ reconnoiter,” he said. “You an’ me, Revel. Ef -Scarred Eagle is atween us an’ the Injuns he’ll show himself soon. Ef -’e don’t, we’ll--huh! Thet Injun girl ag’in, I reckon.” - -It was, indeed, Moorooine, who had turned back to meet them. - -“Both comin’--sure!” she said, hurriedly. “Moorooine’s ears have been -open. She heard warriors talk. White Fox is prisoner at village. Evil -Eye know where. Mus’ go there now, ’fore warriors suspect me. I will -try for save White Fox till his brothers come to help me.” - -Loud, fierce yells suddenly resounded through the dim aisles of the -woods, from the direction of the lake. At the same moment the bounds of -two men were heard close by. - -“Friends most here,” added the girl. And as she dashed away, Scarred -Eagle and Goodbrand sprung forward into their midst. - - - - -CHAPTER V. - -THE GORGE DECOY. - - -“On to the gorge!” exclaimed Scarred Eagle, hurriedly. And forthwith, -all were gliding back in that direction. - -A few minutes brought them into the denser section of woods beside the -opening. Here they halted and listened, but heard as yet no sound of -pursuit. - -Mace hurriedly explained what had taken place, together with the fact -revealed by the Indian girl, that Brom was a prisoner. - -“What!” said Scarred Eagle, hoarsely. “The boy took?” The revelation of -Hulet’s treachery and death was as nothing to this. - -“Thar’s no doubt on’t, Rhodan,” replied Mace. “He dud ’is arrant at the -fort an’ got nabbed in the neighborhood of the village on his way back.” - -At this moment, Goodbrand, who had remained in the rear, glided up. - -“Bes’ go!” he whispered. “Comin’ ag’in, an’ more from village, guess!” - -“You that _kin_, find the body of poor Hank an’ hide it from their -devilish ways!” said Scarred Eagle. - -This was soon done. The friendly Miami kept somewhat in the rear of -the rest, who pressed cautiously on toward the gorge. - -For some time not even a whisper was uttered. A terrible anxiety filled -the heart of Scarred Eagle. All knew the cause was Brom Vail. But they -knew a present attempt to reach the village and endeavor to release the -latter, would be worse than useless. It would be an extremely dangerous -undertaking under far more favorable circumstances. But one thought -gave a ray of hope, and that was what the Indian girl had promised. But -would she alone be able to effect Brom’s release? - -They were nearing the retreat when Scarred Eagle suddenly halted and -listened anxiously. - -“Goodbrand orter j’ined us by this time,” he said. “But thar’s one -thing, men. Whatever news he may bring of the mad devils, we must git -close to their camp afore mornin’ ef the boy’s tu be saved. Mebbe he -kain’t be. It’ll be an oncommon job to undertake, an’ I ask no man tu -go that ain’t parfictly willin’.” - -“’Tain’t a fair way o’ puttin’ it!” said Mace. “Ye’d orter know thar -ain’t a man of us thet won’t stan’ by ye an’ _him_ till the last!” This -resolve was echoed by the rest. - -“I knowed it, men, I knowed it!” said Scarred Eagle, hopefully. “Our -mission as scouts is done, mostly. The major at the fort’s got his cue, -an’ thar’s nothin’ but to wait till Bradstreet comes up, when a sally -kin be made. Ay, here’s Goodbrand!” - -The latter glided up with the news that quite a reinforcement had -arrived from the direction of the Indian village. Some of these were -seeking out their dead warriors; others were lurking in the woods near -the scene of conflict. - -“No danger come here afore light,” added Goodbrand. “They keep big -watch an’ look for trail in mornin’!” - -“Afore then, we’ll make indivors to help a boy that’s never flinched a -duty on account of danger,” said Rhodan. “We’ll git to the gorge fust, -an’ consider our plans.” - -The mouth of this was soon reached. They stole cautiously up to the -bivouac, guided only by sense of touch and a previous knowledge of the -place. The darkness of midnight reigned. Goodbrand remained a short -distance away, as sentinel. The rest sought for the victim of Hulet’s -treachery; but for some time the search was vain. At last it was found -and brought into a recess in the cliff where a torch had been lit. -Exclamations of horror burst from the rangers as the light shone upon -the body. It told a fearful story better than words could have done. - -The victim had been mangled about the head, breast and arms by some -wild beast--a panther, probably. It was well known this animal never -preys upon a _dead body_! The inference was horrible! The animal must -have hovered near, and, attracted by the smell of blood, attacked -the unfortunate man while the latter was dying. His rifle was found -discharged, and he had evidently made one desperate effort to keep the -monster at bay! - -The men looked at each other with faces blanched. - -“The curse of every honest man light on the head of the wretch that -caused this!” said Scarred Eagle, breathing hard. “But--ay, the wretch -has gone to his account, an’ ’ll be judged accordin’ to his deeds. Take -the body out, men, an’ place it where it’ll never be distarbed.” - -They obeyed, with sad and gloomy feelings. The body was placed in one -of the nooks with which the sides of the cliff abounded. This being -securely closed, the midnight burial was over. - -The rangers stood consulting with their leader, when suddenly Goodbrand -came in. - -“They comin’--_find_!” he said, excitedly. “We bes’ go quick, ’fore -surround!” - -They immediately glided out and passed down to the mouth of the gorge. -Then, turning to the right, they struck into a narrow by-path leading -to the rear of the high cliffs. - -“Now, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, pausing, “tell us the lay o’ the -denger that we may use our wits to the purpus.” - -“This right way!” was the other’s whispered reply. “They comin’ from -way we came. Very slow come, so’s take sure.” - -“Hish!” interrupted Scarred Eagle. “_We’re surrounded now!_ Drop close, -every man, an’ not stir for your lives!” - -As he gave this order, he glided from their midst directly back toward -the gorge. Perhaps not more than two of the men imagined his object. -But not one of them moved or even whispered. - -Hardly a minute passed before he was again beside them. Meantime -they had heard abundant evidence that the gorge retreat was indeed -surrounded, though not closely. - -“The bloody-minded whelps ar’ drawin’ the circle closer,” said Scarred -Eagle. “They’ll see a torch prisently, which I’ve took good care to fix -in the rocks. It’s a great p’int that they think they ain’t suspected -here. The light’ll burn out afore half an hour. When it does, they’ll -think it’s snatched away by our hands. They won’t dare to enter the -gorge afore light, thinkin’ their enemy is prepared. But they’ll watch -about here till then. Ef we k’n git clear ’ithout a tussle, our chance -at the village ’ll be all that a reasonable man orter expect. Ye see -how much depends.” - -A moment later the men were stealing forward, each one by himself. -Not a dry leaf rustled under a hand or knee; not a bush was caused to -vibrate; even their breaths were drawn slowly as their bodies were. The -least accident would prove fatal, and all realized it. - -Twenty minutes passed, as time is counted; but, to each of the men, -it seemed an hour. Then they found themselves together near a brook -whose waters caught the glimmer of the starlight. And as yet they had -not moved more than fifty yards. At this moment several Indian signals -were heard. As by magic the rangers, who had partly risen, sunk to the -ground. - -It was well they did so in time. Between them and the space along the -banks of the brook, several figures glided by and disappeared in the -gloom above. One passed so near, they might have touched him. - -They did not venture to move again for several minutes. Scarred Eagle -was the first to set the example--all following him silently. They -had gone but a short distance further when a chorus of triumphant -signal-shouts came from the vicinity of the gorge. - -“That tells it,” said Scarred Eagle, pausing. “The skunks think they’ve -got us caged, an’ now we must work fast. Ar’ ye sure ye killed the -tretor, Mace?” - -The sudden question made the men glance into each other’s faces in -surprise. - -“The blow I gin ’im orter done it,” answered Mace, with a savage -imprecation. “I didn’t hev any time ter look close.” - -“I’m ’fear’d ye didn’t,” said the veteran scout. “Least wise, he must -’a’ lived long enough ter told some on ’em whar our bivouac was. But, -thar’s no time ter talk of that, _now_. We must siperate. ’Tain’t -more’n half a mile to the p’int of shore where the canoe’s hid. You, -Goodbrand, take Hill and Revel with ye, an’ bring the canoe ter the -place ye know of nigh the village. Me an’ Mace’ll go stret through -an’ git thar long enough afore ye to see what’s to be done. Hicks an’ -Tim’ll stay behind an--” - -“Divil a fut behint!” interrupted the Irishman, stoutly. “No, be gobs! -Phat’ll I stay behint for? I’ll take me share in the worst as well as -the best, so!” - -“Ef by the wust ye mean _denger_, ye’ll find enough o’ that, both on -ye,” said Scarred Eagle. “This hyur neighboorhood ’ll be thoroughly -s’arched by mornin’. Ef, in the course of two hours after the rest are -gone, you an’ Hicks sh’u’d be convinced these devils war goin’ _back_ -toward the village, it’ll be y’ur part ter draw ’em back, so’s to give -us a better chance to work for the boy.” - -“A chance, is it? Pwhat c’u’d the two of us alone do?” - -“I needn’t say thar’s no time to lose, Tim,” said the other, “an’ I -trust ye won’t hender us.” - -“I’ll _sthay_,” said Tim, spitefully. “Ownly--look now: suppose yees -all git in dthe lurch! S’posin’ yees all fail! _Dthat’s_ it--how are we -to know?” - -“By comin’ to a place that I’ve told Hicks of,” said Scarred Eagle. -“We’ll have the boy out o’ thar clutches afore three hours, I hope. -Keep a sharp look-out about here. Ef ye should ondertake to draw ’em -after ye, take good care ye don’t git nabbed y’urselves. You’ll find -y’ur task dengerous enough.” - -Goodbrand and his two companions glided away in the gloom toward the -point of shore where lay the hidden canoe. Scarred Eagle and Mace stood -a few moments listening, till sure that Hicks and the Irishman were -well off toward a spot where they had been directed to take a position -to wait and watch. Then they themselves started on their perilous -mission to the Indian village. - - - - -CHAPTER VI. - -BEAUTY IN BONDS. - - -The Indian village was about six miles distant, and stood on a high -bluff overlooking the Detroit river. A jut from the rocky bluff -extended some fifty feet into the stream at this point. At the angle -thus formed was a gloomy subterranean passage, through which the water -flowed with a sullen roar. Far within, the channel made an abrupt turn, -gliding past a recess in the rocks large enough to contain a dozen men. -Thence was a devious, rough passage communicating with the shore. - -This was Goodbrand’s destination with the canoe and men. Once within, -they could watch the village, and be able to penetrate to its very -center at short notice. - -The Indians did not know of this subterranean chamber, and of the -subterranean passage they held a tradition that it was the abode of an -evil spirit, and never entered it. This fact was well known to several -rangers who had explored the passage, and now its existence seemed most -favorable to their undertaking. - -Scarred Eagle and Mace pressed forward as fast as possible. They hoped -to reach the village and by some stratagem release Brom Vail before -daylight. The chance seemed favorable. Many of the warriors were absent -at the siege of the fort, and of those not so employed, they had reason -to believe a good portion were at that moment hovering about the gorge. - -The two men were more than two-thirds of the distance to the Indian -village, when suddenly Scarred Eagle, who was in advance, put back his -hand and came to a dead halt. - -“What is it?” whispered Ben Mace. - -The other did not answer at once. With his body bent forward he was -listening intently; and now, through the gloomy, solemn aisles, Mace -detects sounds telling that lurkers are ahead. - -“Kin it be thet some o’ the reds have come in another direction from -the gorge? If so--” - -“No, Mace, ’tain’t it. I don’t b’lieve I’m deceived in thinkin’ these -ahead is them that ar’ takin’ the dead an’ wounded to the village. They -hev ter move slow, an’ that’s why we’ve overtook ’em.” - -“What’s ter be done? Ef we wait ter foller ’em--” - -He was interrupted by Rhodan’s grasping his arm, and for a moment -or two they almost held their breaths. Both entertained the same -suspicions now, and were waiting to see if these would be verified. - -They did not remain long in doubt. The fact that the party ahead had -begun to move on again, making considerable noise, did not deceive -the scouts. They were almost sure some of the party had turned back, -evidently suspicious of being followed. - -It was easy for the rangers to evade these. But they wished to do more. -The evident suspicion in the mind of the Indians, that a white foe had -been secretly dogging their steps, must be dispelled; otherwise an -attempt to enter the village unperceived, would be worse than useless. - -“They’ve heerd sunthin’ thet makes ’em suspicious,” said Scarred Eagle. -“They must go on, satisfied ’twas a panther on thar tracks scentin’ -the blood of the wounded warriors. Come in here, where the darkness is -thicker.” - -They moved to the left, keeping a yard or two apart, and taking steps -which might indeed be mistaken for those of the animal named. Under a -dense foliage they halted, and then a purring sound broke out through -the stillness. As the slight echoes ceased, an almost imperceptible -stir was heard not far ahead; but this as suddenly ceased, and all -became silent again. It was evident the fellow had not entirely taken -the bait. - -Scarred Eagle and Mace now dropped upon all-fours and stole forward, -imitating the stealthy advance of a panther. - -Suddenly the silence was again broken by a cry that caused startling -echoes around. These had scarcely died away when the sound of feet was -heard retreating rapidly toward the Indian camp. The ruse had succeeded. - -“What now, Rhodan?” said Mace, as they rose. - -“Foller ’em up,” was the brief reply. - -“We mout flank past ’em.” - -“’Twould be no use. We’d lose as much as we’d gain.” - -“’Tain’t an hour to daylight now.” - -“I know; but ’twon’t do to resk diskivery yit!” said Scarred Eagle, -with a tremor in his voice. “We must fust git into camp, an’ try to -find where Brom, ef he’s alive, is confined. Then--’ll come the resk.” - -“Goodbrand an’ the rest must be at the jut afore this.” - -“They won’t move ’ithout a good reason till they hear something of us. -Not till the last minnit must we signal an attack--not till t’other -plan fails.” - -The two were stealing forward again, keeping as near to the retreating -Indians as possible without danger of discovery. - -“Thar’ll be a powwow when these ’uns git in with thar burdens,” said -Mace. “It’ll rouse the hull nest.” - -“It’ll be the more in our favor,” said the other. “We must keep a sharp -watch for the Indian girl.” - -In a few minutes they noticed that it began to be lighter ahead, and -they were very near the open bluff on which stood the village. Pushing -forward, they soon saw the Indians before them, as the latter emerged -upon the bluff. As these disappeared, the trailers pressed on; the more -hastily, as a sound began to break on their ears, denoting some unusual -commotion in the village. - -A moment or two later, and they were peering into the camp. The inmates -were not only astir, but seemed greatly excited. It was not all caused -by the approach of those bearing the dead and wounded, for even as the -scouts looked, these last were discovered and greeted with howls of -sorrow. - -“What kin it mean, Scarred Eagle?” - -“Let’s git nearer and see. Thar’s a good chance now.” - -They began to glide forward, on hand and knee, directing their course -so as to gain the rear of a row of rude huts. Meantime, the excitement -among the warriors seemed to increase, and yells, fierce and angry, -were mingled with the cries of grief. The two men were about twenty -yards from the edge of the woods, when they raised partly up beside -a stump, and obtained a better view of the excited throng. To their -surprise, they saw that not less than fifty warriors were present, -nearly a score of whom were clustered upon the bank of the river, just -above the angle formed by the jut. - -“Thar!” exclaimed Mace. “The story’s told. Thar’s more o’ the -hellions here than we thought, an’ the wust on’t is they’ve suspicted -Goodbrand’s party, an’ ar’ watchin’ the rocks!” - -“I see!” said Scarred Eagle, uneasily. “It’s an unfortunit thing for -all. But, I’ll try ter find the boy if my life pays for the attempt. -Seems ter me the Injun gal--ha, look there! It’s _her_, as I live!” - -A number of the Indians were hurrying a captive, who had been in their -midst, toward one of the huts. The glow of starlight over the open -bluff enabled the lurking men to identify the captive as Moorooine. -They knew her by occasionally hearing her name pronounced, coupled with -angry maledictions. She was bound hand and foot, and thrust into one of -the huts, as though she had been a brute. - -“The brave gal’s been catched in tryin’ to do sunthin’ for Brom,” said -Rhodan. “_He’s_ in one o’ the huts above, where they’ve put her in, -likely. I judge so, ’cos two o’ the imps seem ter be watchin’ it close. -No doubt the boy’s well tied; but since his release hez been ondertook, -they mean ter make sure on ’im. Thar’s one apiece for us to work for, -now, Ben Mace, an’ no hope thet any o’ the rest ’ll git a chance ter -help us. Be ye ready?” - -“Lead on!” - -They again crept forward, and soon found themselves in the rear of -the line of huts. They could hear the tread of feet, and the jabber -of excited voices, all making a confusion most favorable to their -purpose. Not ten feet lay between them and the hut into which had been -thrust the Indian girl, when an Indian was dimly seen, coming from the -opposite space toward them. - -They lay as close to the ground as possible. The savage came on, and -the concealed men saw that another followed. Both halted so near, that -they might not only have touched the lurking whites, but have _seen_ -them by a chance look-down. One lightning glance on the part of the -scouts, revealed the odious face of the wretch, Hulet! - -“Now, speak,” said the Indian to the renegade. “What has Sly Hate to -say that he has not said?” - -“This, Heavy Sleep,” replied the other, speaking so as to be heard -above the confusion around. “The waters are deep where they pass under -the rocks. The roar makes your people afraid.” - -“Ugh!” muttered Heavy Sleep, shaking his head. “A bad Manitou keeps -council there. What mean?” - -“I know a secret about the place, which I learnt from our white enemies -by stealth. I will tell you what it is, and then--ha, what, ho!” - -By accident the wretch cast his eye down, and noted a dark crouching -figure. The next moment it sprung up like lightning, and a knife was -buried to the hilt in Hulet’s breast! Heavy Sleep, with a ringing yell, -sprung upon Mace, who met him with the same bloody weapon which had -sent the renegade to death. The Indian avoided the thrust, however; -but before he could seize his adversary, the hatchet of Scarred Eagle -crashed through his brain! - -“Come!” cried Mace, hoarsely, and he had just turned to flee, as a -bevy of Indians burst through between the huts, who, uttering their -alarm-cries, sprung after him. In an instant pursued and pursuers were -off like the wind. - -Scarred Eagle had hesitated a moment too long. Notwithstanding the -danger, he could not bring himself to flee. A sudden wild hope, that -the confusion might enable him to yet rescue his boy, determined him. -And just before the aroused warriors darted from the front in pursuit -of Mace, he threw himself flat to the ground close beside the hut. - -The excitement and alarm that now prevailed may be imagined. Half a -dozen times, in as many seconds, Scarred Eagle was upon the point of -springing up, as he imagined he was discovered. Some of the reds, not -in pursuit of Mace, almost trod upon him, as they huddled around the -bodies of Heavy Sleep and Hulet. In a few moments the victims were -carried around to the front, and, watching his opportunity Scarred -Eagle nestled more closely to the rear side of the hut. Then, hastily -making an aperture, he peered in, and saw the captive Indian girl -tightly bound and alone. Something more than a desire to communicate -with her caused him to squeeze under the rude tent-cloth and enter. -There was a pile of skins in the nearest corner, under which he might -secrete himself, and he lost no time in doing so. - -The rush of feet from the river convinced him how narrow had been -his escape thus far. The spot where the victims had fallen was again -crowded, amid a perfect tornado of howls and imprecations. Seeing -there were no warriors about the door, he spoke to the Indian girl, -who seemed unaware of his presence. His voice reached her, and with a -painful effort she raised her head and recognized him. - -“White Fox got away, but drown in river,” she said, faintly. “Me no -care for to live now! Hide down quick--some comin’.” - -Scarred Eagle crouched under the skins, keeping his weapons ready. His -quick mind had its own theory in regard to Brom’s death. Some of the -terribly-enraged warriors, evidently well aware of some part taken by -the girl in regard to Brom, came forward, their eyes glaring like a -hyena’s. But at this moment three ringing rifle-reports came from the -forest causing them to rush out tumultuously. - - - - -CHAPTER VII. - -THE HEART OF LOVE. - - -To understand Moorooine’s situation, it is necessary that we briefly -trace her movements after leaving the side of the rangers in the forest. - -She had experienced much difficulty in getting clear of the circle of -warriors without discovery. The latter had dispatched two of their -swiftest runners for reinforcements, and these had begun to arrive. -Knowing that a knowledge of her presence would arouse suspicions, she -had been obliged to remain concealed a long time. And when, at last, -she made good her retreat toward the village, she little dreamed that -two persons who knew of her movements and intentions had gone to -intercept her. - -One of these was the wretch Hulet. The blow of Mace had stunned him -only, and when the closely-pressed rangers dashed back to cover, he -managed to creep away, and soon communicated with a warrior, and -disclosed all he knew. And half an hour later, the warrior was going -with him toward the village, after informing another where the bivouac -of the rangers was situated. But concerning Moorooine the fellow kept -silent. - -The two reached the village but a short time before the Indian girl. -The latter found that a number of warriors had come in from the siege -of the fort, and that the whole camp was in commotion over the news -brought by the runners. - -Knowing of the reinforcements sent to hunt down the rangers, she felt -that no aid would come from them. The task of releasing Brom was to -devolve upon her alone. She well knew what the consequences of failure -or even of _success_ might be. But she did not shrink. - -It took her some time to find the bark lodge where Brom was confined. -The next thing was to ascertain if he were alone, and if not, to devise -some stratagem to get rid of his guard. - -To her joy she found that the prisoner was alone. To make an opening in -the rear of his prison-hut and creep inside, was the work of a moment. - -An idea of her extreme caution and skill may be formed from the fact, -that as yet the two plotters watching for her appearance were not aware -of her return. - -No sooner had she entered the hut, than she closed the aperture and -crept toward White Fox, who was sitting upright. He heard and suspected -her. He had in fact hoped to receive her aid, and had rightly supposed -she was not ignorant of his situation. The thought that she was near -caused the blood to course through his veins like wildfire. But -suddenly, a warrior appeared in the door, and Moorooine sunk behind the -one she loved, as noiseless as a shadow! - -The warrior stood a moment, and then entered, peering around the gloomy -interior. Pausing before the prisoner, he assured himself that the -latter’s wrists and ankles were well secured and then passed out again -among the excited throng. - -The moment he disappeared, Moorooine glided beside the aroused ranger -and quickly severed the thongs about his wrists. - -“Don’t stir till I tell you!” she whispered. “Me go out first an’ find -best way to git off an’ cheat warriors.” - -“God bless ye, my own sweet Wild Flower,” said the young man, -fervently, as he pressed her heaving bosom against his own, and his -lips to hers. “You risk your life for mine.” - -“Mustn’t--no time now,” she said, releasing herself. “Put hands -together again as before; use this knife to loose feet when time come.” - -He obeyed her instantly. The noise outside precluded their being heard. -They might be seen, though the guard having just passed out after -looking at the prisoner, it was not probable he would soon return. But -both kept a sharp watch as they talked. - -“If I escape, you go with me,” said Brom. - -“Yes; go help you clear.” - -“You must go with me for _good_, Moorooine. I want you always. You -shall be my wife.” - -“Talk of that when more time,” she said. “Go with you _now_ first. Have -to for always, s’pose, or else warriors kill me.” - -“Be very careful. If you should be found out, they’d kill you. That -would make my life bitter. You must not die for me.” - -“Would _willin’_ if need,” she said, as she pressed his hand. -“There--now must go, hurry. Be back very quick!” - -She noiselessly crept through the aperture and closed it. Then, with -great caution, she glided forward, and passed behind a huge bowlder, -from which a path led down a declivity to the river. She darted down -the path, and in five minutes returned. Her own canoe was in its -accustomed place, and between the rows of lodges yet came the sounds of -engrossing discussion. The moment had come. - -With beating heart she approached the prison-hut. But two figures -hovering near rose and barred her way. They were those of Hulet and the -savage before mentioned! A feeling of the bitterest disappointment and -dread filled her soul as she recognized Sly Hate, whom till now she -thought killed. But she quailed not. - -“Come this way,” said the Indian, who was called Heavy Sleep. The girl -could but obey, and the trio moved further aside. - -“Listen!” said Heavy Sleep, as they halted. “Sporting Fawn has been -much in woods to-night to warn our enemies, who have killed many -warriors. Sly Hate has seen you, so there is no chance to tell lies, if -you would. None of the warriors know this yet but Heavy Sleep. If they -should find out, then what?” - -“Then I would be killed,” she answered, while a shudder passed over -her. She knew the object of Heavy Sleep. He had long sought her hand, -but in vain. He was accounted a cruel monster, even among his own -tribe; capable of committing any atrocity to gratify revenge. Many -hated him, while fearing his malice. And now he held the girl’s life in -his hand, and well she knew the price he would ask for it. The thought -of this was what made her shudder. - -“Yes, be killed _hard_!” he said. “But, I will save you if you will be -my squaw. None of the warriors shall ever know of what you have done -to-night. Be my squaw and _live_. Speak!” - -“And if I say no?” - -“Then I shall take you into the midst of the warriors yonder, and Sly -Hate will tell his story,” replied Heavy Sleep, grasping her arm. - -“Hearken, Heavy Sleep!” she said. “It is true that I have been in the -woods; but it was to save blood, not to spill it. Many times, as you -know, I have risked the favor of my people by urging them to live at -peace with the whites.” - -The savage clutched her arm more tightly and said: - -“No need to say that again. We all know it. You love pale faces. That -is enough to make you die! I and Sly Hate have watched you. You are -even now going to find White Fox so as to get him away. But you never -try. Which will you do? Be my squaw, or burn at the stake with the -whole tribe mocking and hating your memory? Which?” - -The girl could not repress a shudder, which the savage noticed. It was -a terrible choice. But, her wits did not forsake her. She saw that -Heavy Sleep and his ally had just come up, and did not know she already -had communicated with White Fox. - -“Move aside and give me time to think alone!” she replied, as she drew -her arm away, and looked upward at the stars. “I am much afraid you -would hate me after a while, Heavy Sleep. You would get tired of me, -and then give me up to the vengeance of the tribe.” - -“No!” replied the Indian, with a degree less of harshness in his tone. -“Heavy Sleep would keep his word. Give you a little time; but think -_fast_. We shall be watching you.” - -He passed a few yards away with Hulet. The girl’s thoughts came and -went like lightning. Heavy Sleep evidently believed she would consent, -with such a fearful alternative before her. But she was fully resolved -to attempt the release of Brom, if she died for it. While trying to -devise some desperate expedient, a drift of clouds suddenly shut out -the starlight, and she knew that, for a moment, her body would hardly -be seen. She glided straight forward, as though to pass between the -two nearest huts. But, instead of doing so, she suddenly turned and -darted to the left; and by the time her two watchers had discovered her -_ruse_, she was in the prison-hut beside Brom. - -“It’s the last chance--_run_!” she exclaimed, in a wild whisper. - -The young ranger had no time to question her, or even to think. Steps -were heard close to the aperture where the girl had just entered. The -moment she spoke, Brom cut the thongs about his ankles, and sprung up -to encounter the guard, who had heard a noise and rushed to the door. -A blow from Brom knocked the fellow prostrate, and, before the throng -outside were well aware of it, a figure darted clear of their circle -and ran like a deer toward the woods! - -The air was rent with fierce yells as the crowd broke and pursued. Brom -saw that he could not reach the woods in time to get clear. Within ten -feet of the bluff he turned, and with one bound leaped into the deep, -swift current, not twenty feet above the mouth of the subterranean -passage! - -As he disappeared in the water, an excited crowd appeared on the bank, -astonished into momentary silence by the act. And when the moments -passed, and no form broke the waters, none doubted that the prisoner -had been swept into the subterranean passage, a victim to the evil -spirit presiding there. - -The Indian girl attempted to escape with Brom; but Heavy Sleep, as -implacable as death, gave no thought then but to her capture. She, -indeed, sprung clear of the lodge, and as Brom fled, with the crowd -after him, she started in the same direction with the pursuers. As she -suddenly darted aside from these, Heavy Sleep spied her, and, throwing -his hatchet struck her senseless to the ground. - -These scenes took place only a few minutes before Scarred Eagle and -Mace came within view of the camp. Of what followed, the reader is -already aware. - - - - -CHAPTER VIII. - -A BLOODY TROPHY. - - -Scarred Eagle well knew whence the shots came. The moment the Indians -rushed from the lodge he glided from beneath the pile of skins, and -quickly freed the limbs of Moorooine. - -“Courage, girl,” he whispered. “I b’l’eve Brom’s saved. We must git out -o’ this afore they come back!” - -As he spoke he sprung from her side, and peering out saw the Indians -yet rushing pell-mell toward the high bank of the river. - -“Now’s our time--come!” he added, turning to the Indian girl. - -She had started to her feet, filled with a new strength at the thought -that Brom was saved and her own escape probable. But as Rhodan was -about to glide out he caught a glimpse of a figure moving up from the -left of the entrance. There was no time to ensconce himself under the -pile of skins. Instead, he crouched close to the side of the lodge, and -Moorooine sunk back to her former attitude. - -They had barely time to do this when a savage entered hastily and stood -beside the girl. - -“Sporting Fawn too young to die,” he said. “If come to my lodge an’ be -my squaw, take ’er dar now in canoe. Mus’ come quick!” - -As he spoke he drew his knife, and bent low to cut her bonds. The -sudden discovery that these were no longer upon her caused the fellow -to straighten up in astonishment. He had no time to question her or -even to glance around. A quick, powerful blow from behind laid him -senseless. Moorooine again sprung to her feet, and the next moment was -gliding across to the opposite row of huts after Scarred Eagle. The -moment they were behind these they turned toward the north. But they -had not gone more than twenty yards when, amid the general noise of -alarm, they heard the ringing cry of the warrior whom they had just -evaded. - -It was lucky for them the fellow raised the cry, for it was answered by -others whom in a moment more the fugitives would have met. - -At the moment they were near a large square hut, and having no time to -do better, crouched close beside it. - -The Indians rushed past them, and were for a moment hid from view by an -intervening lodge. The cry had recalled others from the vicinity of the -subterranean passage, and these were heard rushing up. - -“Must git in here if can--quick!” whispered the girl. - -It was a desperate attempt; but more dangerous to remain still or -attempt to run further. They crept rapidly forward, and at a moment -when the backs of the startled Indians were toward them, darted inside. - -“This council-house,” said the girl. “Mebbe not look here soon. Best -hide up there!” - -She hurriedly pointed overhead to rude beams laid across from side to -side. Half the space was floored with small rough logs. The cabin had -evidently been reared by some French trapper. With a lightning movement -Scarred Eagle lifted her up, almost as soon as the suggestion was -made, and as she obtained a footing he sprung up after her. - -For the time they were safe. Words can give no idea of the excitement -and confusion that now prevailed. It was frenzied. The last fifteen -minutes had marked the death of Heavy Sleep and the renegade, the -escape of Mace, the occurrence of the shots; and as a climax, some -other deadly, unseen foe had snatched one from captivity on whom the -savages had calculated to execute a terrible vengeance! No wonder these -events, so rapidly succeeding each other, made them crazy with alarm -and confusion. - -Scarred Eagle and Moorooine lost not a second in moving close to the -eaves of the roof and stretching themselves at length. - -They heard the baffled savages darting around the outside of the cabin. -Some of them entered it, but were evidently satisfied with the fact -that no one was below, without thinking to look aloft. Others ran -rapidly to the north, east and west, beating every spot that might for -a moment conceal a fugitive. - -Scarred Eagle was able to judge very nearly of the disposition of his -enemies. He knew that at least half a dozen were after Mace. He little -feared for the latter; but ever since the shots came, he feared that -those at the retreat had unwittingly led the savages to suspect their -hiding-place. In that case the capture of all would be only a question -of time. - -He realized the precarious situation of himself and the Indian girl: -at any moment they might be discovered. Still there was a hope--a bare -chance that they might remain there till night came. Pending that time -there seemed not the least possible chance of escape, even should they -remain undiscovered. - -In half an hour it was fully light. Meantime, from the shouts and -cries, Rhodan knew the searchers were still at work. On every side of -the village the search had been keen and simultaneous. How would it end? - -Through a crevice in the logs he managed, at last, to get a view of -the ground near the subterranean passage. It was not occupied, and the -fact cheered him. It was evident that the savages believed the daring -authors of the shots had escaped down the banks of the river. Some -were still absent on their trail, leaving the rest to look for the -daring enemy who had liberated the Indian girl. - -These soon returned to the center of the village. There was about a -score of them in all. Their looks showed that their poor success was -operating on their superstitious notions. Could it be possible they -believed their last unknown enemy had escaped, and that they had given -o’er the search? - -This was the question Scarred Eagle asked himself. Moorooine had -softly gained a position at his side, and was listening to the excited -conversation going on but a little distance away. - -“Good--very good!” she whispered, at length. - -“What is it, gal?” inquired Scarred Eagle, anxiously. - -“The canoe gone!” she answered, drawing a breath of relief. - -“What canoe, Moorooine?” - -“Mine. They s’pose we took an’ escaped!” - -“Is that what they say--ar’ ye sure?” - -“Yes; sure. We safe for more longer anyway. S’pose white friends safe -too--all safe? Why s’pose White Fox safe?” - -“I judge he is from what you told me an’ from what I noticed when I -crept into the village. You said he got away but was drowned in the -river.” - -“Yes; seen ’im run--jump in, above the dark passage. Bad place--bad -spirit lives there.” - -“That’s one o’ the foolish notions of y’ur people, Moorooine; but Brom -ain’t afraid o’ the place. I’ve gre’t hopes ’twas the means o’ savin’ -him.” - -He briefly explained the nature of the place to her, adding that he had -no doubt the rangers were at that moment concealed there. She listened -with great interest. - -“Good,” she said. “They help us if can, then.” - -“Thar’s jist a hope; but it’s a slim one,” said the scout. “If they -take a notion to s’arch this place we’ll be lost, sartin. If we kin -keep hid till night comes ag’in--eh, what’s hatchin’ now?” - -They listened, Moorooine keeping her ear close to the crevice. Suddenly -she turned her head and peeped out. She recognized the warrior whose -proposition to save her an hour before had been so suddenly interrupted -by Scarred Eagle. - -The quick-witted Indian girl understood all at a glance. The fellow -had not told of his own mishap, only that he had found the girl gone. -He well knew she could not have got far away, and, failing to find her -around the village, had a suspicion she was secreted somewhere within. -The missing canoe did not satisfy him. He was now pointing toward the -council-house, asking if the _loft had been searched_! - -“No hope now, only for _you_!” whispered Moorooine, sadly. - -She rose suddenly to her feet, and had taken one step forward, when -Scarred Eagle, surmising her intent, pulled her back. - -“No; not yit!” he said. “Ye’ve put y’ur life at stake _once_ to git -the boy safe, an’ you ain’t a-goin’ ter resk it for me, by throwin’ -y’urself into their hands. Git down thar ag’in quicker!” - -He fairly crowded her into the aperture, between the log-floor and the -roof. Then, with steady agility, he darted past her, and established -himself in a similar attitude. At that moment three or four Indians -entered below, and one of them, assisted by the rest, seized the beam, -and drew himself over it. The concealed borderer knew that several -moments would elapse before the Indian’s gaze would become used to the -gloom in the loft. Even then, he might not think it worth while to -cross over, and look into the narrow space where they lay concealed. - -But the savage did not wait. Urged by the impatient queries of those -below, he at once stalked forward and glanced around. He must have -seen that no lurkers were upon the floor, but a mere whim prompted him -to advance toward the further side. A round, white object caught his -eye, and as he bent toward it, something struck him in the forehead -and face, causing him to start back with a howl of pain. He whirled -rapidly, and grasping the beam, began to descend, pursued by dozens of -yellow-jackets, which, not to be partial, pitched into his companions. -In less than a minute, not only the loft, but the cabin was vacated, -except by Scarred Eagle and the Indian girl. These two, lying quite -still, cared little for the stings they themselves had received. -Long after the Indians had left the spot, they remained in the same -attitude, not only as a measure of safety, but to allow the disturbed -hornets time to settle. - -In an hour, Scarred Eagle cautiously rose, and Moorooine followed his -example. They had not for a moment failed to hear sounds outside, -coming from those who mourned their dead, or from those who kept coming -in from a fruitless search. - -“They no come here ag’in,” said the Indian girl, hopefully. “How do -that?” - -“We scouts l’arn to make use of sarcumstances that other ’uns wouldn’t -notice,” replied Rhodan. “That nest was jest at my head, an’ ’twasn’t -much work ter rile the little chaps. Ay; there comes more!” - -The Indians began to come in fast, from the west and south. Three hours -passed, and little took place in the village worthy of record. The -concealed scout and his companion began to feel weak from their past -terrible exertions. Hunger and thirst, too, tormented them. But there -was nothing but to wait and watch in suspense. Scarred Eagle began -to fear, and with reason, that those in the cave would be unable to -assist them. Even if there were no new alarms, the camp would be too -vigilant for them to escape that night. Meantime the warriors, whether -successful or unsuccessful, would all be in, so that it would be -madness for the rangers to attempt his liberation, even if they could -know where he was. - -They would probably suppose he had effected his escape, and search for -him miles away. But he knew Brom would prosecute the search till death. - -The sun was considerably past the meridian, when, from their look-out, -they saw a number of Indians start up, and advance toward the forest on -the south. A moment later, they heard sounds denoting an arrival. - -“It’s plain all on ’em ain’t in yit,” whispered Scarred Eagle. “I don’t -know what’s kep’ ’em so long, onless--ay, thar they come!” - -A dozen or more came into view. They were greeted with yells of -delight by those already in camp, who rushed forward to meet them. -As they advanced into the center of the camp, Rhodan noticed they had -a prisoner, and soon discovered it was Tim Devine. A pang of sorrow -filled the breast of Scarred Eagle. He knew the faithful fellow had -been taken, while endeavoring to draw the Indians off. His arms were -closely pinioned behind, his hunting-frock was nearly torn off, and -his face was covered with blood. What had become of his companion, Dan -Hicks? - -It was a silent query soon answered. The excited crowd thronged around, -filling the air with gratified yells at the prospect of having one live -victim for torture. As they swayed to and fro, jeering and buffeting -the prisoner, one of them exhibited two bloody scalps of white men. One -of these Rhodan recognized as that of poor Hicks; and the other--he -feared, with a shudder, that it belonged to Ben Mace! - - - - -CHAPTER IX. - -A SUDDEN REPRIEVE. - - -Preparations were at once made to torture the prisoner. He was led, or -pushed, forward directly toward the council-house. A rude post was soon -sunk in the ground, and to this he was securely lashed. - -Scarred Eagle set his teeth hard, and glanced keenly toward the rocky -bluff. He had a good view of it from his perch. He could not believe -the rangers were yet gone. They had not had a chance to steal away, -even on the supposition that their leader had escaped from the village. -They must, therefore, have noticed the arrival of the warriors with -their prisoner; if so, he felt assured they would undertake something -for the brave Irishman. He saw what they might do; but would they think -to undertake it? - -As if in answer to his thoughts, he suddenly caught glimpse of two -figures gliding along the edge of the woods toward the west. The view -was but momentary, but it made his gray eye flash with satisfaction. It -was the first sign he had seen, telling that the rangers were on the -alert since morning. - -“What do now?” said the Indian girl, speaking close to his ear. - -She had been watching those below them with fearful interest. - -“Nothing yit, girl. But there may be a chance for us to gi’n ’em the -slip soon. We must be ready.” - -“Too bad--sorry!” she said, glancing through at the howling rabble -about Devine. “’Fraid we can no help him. No git away ourselves till -dark comes. He be burnt then.” - -“The warriors don’t b’l’eve but what the rest on us ar’ well out o’ the -region,” explained the other. “But two o’ the chaps ar’ workin’ round -an’ I’ve no doubt’ll interrupt this work at the right minit!” - -“What? You see ’em?” - -“Not a minit ago. When the alarm comes we must down an’ put for the -river while the rest ar’ off.” - -“Then, if can, take him?” - -“The Irishman--yis. I’ll look at him. It’s likely we’ll have help. Ay, -they’ve begun thar deviltries!” - -The fierce maledictions and threats, delivered occasionally in broken -English, ceased at this moment. Standing a few feet away, a half-dozen -of the more experienced warriors began to test the nerves of the victim -by throwing their knives toward him. On either side of his head struck -the dangerous missiles, burying themselves in the post. The Irishman -never winced. Evidently he had schooled himself for the trial. Of -course due care was taken not to strike him fatally, as that would have -shortened his coming period of torture by fire. - -Full half an hour was thus occupied, when the programme was changed -by introducing hatchets. These were thrown with such skill that they -were allowed to clip the straggling locks of the victim’s hair, without -touching his head. But at last, either accidentally or by design, one -of the performers in the game threw his weapon cutting off a portion of -the victim’s ear! - -The yells that now arose, proclaimed that a new feature of the torture -had begun. And Scarred Eagle knew that the victim would be pierced or -struck about the arms and shoulders, till he was deemed fit for the -flames. - -“Eh! How pale-dog like it?” inquired one of the crew as he seized -Devine’s hair. - -Up to this moment the latter had not uttered a word or a groan. But -now, probably hoping to provoke this tormentor to finish the work at -once, he managed to draw back one foot, and suddenly planted it in the -fellow’s stomach, pitching him backward upon the ground! - -“Dthere, ye double-dom’d haithen, do y’ur worst, so!” - -Like lightning the worsted Indian sprung to his feet and rushed -back with upright weapon. At this instant two rifle-reports rung -out, telling with deadly effect among the crowd. And hardly had the -echoes of the first ceased, when another rifle spoke from behind the -council-house! Three in all, telling as many deaths. - -“Now--down quickly!” was the excited command of Scarred Eagle. - -Both sprung down and rushed out. By the time this was accomplished the -frenzied crowd were rushing like mad devils in the direction of the -shots. - -“Push for the bluff!” cried Rhodan to the Indian girl; and as he spoke -he sprung to the side of Devine. But the latter had already nearly got -his arms loose, and one dash with Scarred Eagle’s knife completed the -work. - -“Och! Howly Mother--” - -“Away with ye--_run_!” - -The Irishman bounded off. As Scarred Eagle started he cast a quick -glance back and saw that half a dozen of the Indians, notwithstanding -the sudden confusion, had caught a glimpse of what was going on and -were rushing back like a tornado. At the same moment a startling shout -at his left caused him to turn his head. Two Indians had already -reached the spot, having rushed up behind the council-house. - -One of these had pounced upon the Indian girl, and his hatchet was -already elevated, when the shout, came quickly followed by a blow so -powerful that the fellow dropped to rise no more. - -“Run, Moorooine--take the one after Tim, Revel--ah-ha, Rhodan, here the -devils come!” - -It was the voice of Brom Vail. Scarred Eagle had already raised his -rifle as the young man spoke; and as the words left his lips, their -rifles spoke together. The Indians involuntarily halted before the -shock, while Rhodan and Brom turned like lightning and sprung toward -the bluff. Revel had just felled the Indian who pursued Devine. The -latter was near the bluff, the Indian girl quite near him. - -“Push on!” cried Revel; and as he spoke he raised his rifle. _Two_ -reports rung out, and instinctively Scarred Eagle and Brom turned. - -“Have at the devils an’ save Mace--hyar ’e comes!” - -And as Scarred Eagle spoke, the three bounded toward the remaining -Indians; but the latter wheeled and struck toward the forest, as a -stentorian voice behind yelled: - -“Spring on for y’ur lives! The hull pack o’ hellions ar’ turnin’ back!” - -A few desperate springs brought them to the bluff, where, dodging -behind a bowlder, they found Devine guarding the passage, the Indian -girl having already entered. - -Mace was the last to creep in, and he had just time to do so, and -close up the passage, when a score of Indians dashed upon the rocks. -As he crept on after the rest down the narrow, rugged passage, he kept -filling it behind him in such a manner that it would take hours for an -enemy from _without_ to force it. And yet he could not help thinking it -might be their last hiding-place on earth. - -Only faint, rumbling echoes came to the ears of the fugitives as they -passed to the subterranean chamber. But they had no reason to doubt the -doubly enraged Miamis knew where they were concealed, and would watch -them to the last extremity. - -Of course, midnight darkness reigned in the chamber; but it was -provided with pine torches, and one of these was soon lighted. All of -them were too much excited to converse for a time. Not five minutes had -elapsed since the work of torture was interrupted; and now, behold, all -except Goodbrand and Hill were safe from present danger. - -The arms of Brom tenderly supported the Indian girl. The Irishman had -sunk down exhausted; and Scarred Eagle, warmly shaking the hands of his -deliverers, was rapidly informed of their several adventures, and they -then began to consult anxiously. - - - - -CHAPTER X. - -THE FORLORN HOPE. - - -The appearance of Ben Mace in the last scene may be briefly explained. - -When he sprung away from the side of Scarred Eagle, it was not yet -light. His pursuers were just able to catch the outlines of his figure -as it disappeared in the bushes. He did not doubt his ability to escape -by a straight run from the village; but he knew such a course would -necessitate a long run and prevent his giving any further assistance to -his friends. - -One of Scarred Eagle’s expedients suggested itself, and with the -thought he acted. Seizing a stone, he hurled it down the slope of -ground, and then dodged close behind a bowlder. In the brief space -necessary to do this, the pursuers dashed through the bushes, and in a -second were past him. He rose quickly, and circling to the right, began -to approach the upper extremity of the village. - -The nature of the shouts and confusion led him to believe Rhodan was -already a prisoner. He rightly conjectured that he might safely venture -to the river-bank, and secrete himself, or have opportunity to join the -party in the subterranean passage. - -Favored by the degree of gloom still prevailing, he succeeded in -reaching the opposite side of the camp, listening with wild anxiety to -the Babel of cries all around him. He was about to hurry to the side -of the river, when he obtained a view of the horde who at that moment -brought the bodies of Hulet and Sly Hate from the rear of the hut. He -had then no doubt his friend was certainly a prisoner, if not killed, -and resolved to at once attempt joining those in the retreat. - -He glided down the very path Moorooine had taken an hour before. To -his surprise he noticed a tall Indian gliding before him in the same -direction. Without pausing to think what the fellow’s object could be, -he followed him close, till the latter reached the water, where a light -canoe was drawn up. Into this the Indian hastily deposited a rifle and -several other articles. Having done this, he wheeled about, and Mace -was just in time to conceal himself in the shrubbery. - -The Indian passed him, springing up the acclivity as if intent on some -personal errand requiring great haste. As he disappeared, Mace laid -his own rifle in the canoe, which he began to push swiftly toward the -subterranean passage. He kept close under the bank, having no fears but -that he would be able to accomplish his purpose undiscovered. - -Within ten yards of the entrance he heard the reports of the rifles and -the yells and rush that followed. And the next moment he swept into -the passage and gained the rocky recess, where, to his deep surprise, -he found not only the three rangers, who had just fled from above, but -Brom Vail. - -The three rangers had witnessed the commotion, and poured in the -volley in hopes of diverting pursuit of the men whom they hoped had -got a start from camp. The explanation of Mace, while it shed a little -light upon the situation, left the fate of Scarred Eagle and Moorooine -involved in uncertainty. They little knew that at that very moment the -latter were snugly secreted in the very heart of the village. - -A number of hours passed before they found opportunity to take a -look over the camp--hours full of the deepest anxiety and suspense. -Brom Vail at last managed to peer out, and saw that the Indians had -withdrawn from the spot. Their hiding-place was yet unknown, but the -Indians were gathered in knots in the midst of the camp. What had -become of Rhodan and the Indian girl? - -There was not yet a chance to leave the retreat without being -discovered, and chafing with impatience, they consulted and watched -during the long hours. At last, near nightfall, the coveted chance of -stealing out was opened by the arrival of the _posse_ bringing Devine a -prisoner. - -The plan of Brom was acted upon the moment the savage orgies commenced. -Three were to steal around to the west and pour in a volley into the -savage crew, volunteering to undertake the perilous task, and risk -escape. Brom Vail, with Revel, took it upon himself to steal along the -bank of the river, and attempt two things: the release of the Irishman, -and to learn, if possible, something concerning Rhodan and the Indian -girl. The young man was filled with sad forebodings in regard to these. -His great joy, then, at the last _dénouement_ may be imagined. - -But their situation was yet extremely perilous, and all realized -it. Of course an attempt to leave through the passage they had just -entered was not to be thought of. And the water-passage--would not the -terribly-aroused Indians guard its entrance, believing it communicated -with their retreat? - -“There’s little doubt of it,” said Brom, as they consulted. “They -must ’a’ seen me in the scrimmage just now, an’ known me. That ’ud be -enough, ’cos they know how I escaped afore.” - -“Mebbe they _didn’t_ know ye,” said Mace. “They hedn’t a chance ter -look close, as to thet. Besides, you forgit that y’ur rig’s different -frum what ’twas. Thet canoe I brought in helped ye to a change o’ -garments as well’s to a rifle.” - -At this moment dull sounds came faintly to their ears from above. - -“The devils ar’ workin’!” remarked Scarred Eagle. “Take hold o’ here, -Mace!” - -The latter assisted him to push one of the canoes into the water. -Scarred Eagle stepped in. Mace was about to follow. - -“No, Ben,” said the other. “Wait here with the rest. One’s enough to -reconnoiter now.” - -He pushed off in the darkness, the others anxiously awaiting the -result. Meantime they ever and anon put their ears close to the upward -passage. The Miamis above were still at work endeavoring to force an -entrance. - -Ten minutes passed and Scarred Eagle came back with the canoe. The news -he brought was any thing but encouraging. He had advanced far enough to -see that a number of the enemy stood upon the high bank of the river, -with their gaze fixed upon the subterranean entrance. - -“They sartin suspect that it leads to our retreat,” he said. “But one -thing ag’in’ ’em is ’t they ain’t got any canoes. Thet is, none thet I -could diskiver.” - -“Some above!” said Moorooine. “Up near fort. Mebbe git them.” - -“It may be they will, gal,” said Rhodan. “We’ll know in the course of -an hour. It’ll be dark by that time.” - -The veteran scout sat down upon the hard bottom of the cave and became -silent. There seemed no further chance for that species of strategy of -which he was so perfect a master. A few hours would decide their fate, -and all knew it. - -A small keg of spirits and a quantity of jerked venison had been -found in the canoe which Mace had brought in. All partook sparingly, -and then, seeing that their weapons were in the best possible order, -huddled together awaiting events. - -At last the sounds made by the enemy above them ceased. They had -evidently become satisfied that they were expending their strength for -nothing. What would they next do? - -“Ain’t it dark outside by this time?” inquired Brom at last. - -“No, not yet,” replied Scarred Eagle. “It’s no use o’ pokin’ out that -way till we’re sure ’tis.” - -At this moment they heard the echoes of shouts above the dull roar of -the waters. They at once knew the sounds must have come from near the -east side of the camp, else they could not have reached their ears. - -The rangers huddled close to the edge of the landing, and bent forward. - -“The hellions ar’ makin’ ready to come at us here,” said Mace, grimly. - -“Not yit,” remarked Scarred Eagle, who had stepped into the canoe in -order to hear better. “I’d sooner think one or both of the others ar’ -taken.” - -“I kain’t b’l’eve but what they got off. I see ’em run the minit they -fired. Thar couldn’t ’a’ b’en many thet follered ’em. The row we made -brought most on ’em back. ’Twould be jest like the chaps to turn back -ag’in the minit thar come a chance, though.” - -“The Lord help ’em ef they _be_ took, now,” said Scarred Eagle. “No -kind of a chance ’s left _us_ to help ’em, when thar’s so small a -prospect o’ helpin’ ourselves. Step in here, Ben, an’ we’ll steal out a -piece towarts the entrance.” - -As the latter obeyed, Rhodan turned toward Brom. - -“Tother canoe ’ll hold the rest on ye, boy. Ef ye hear a stone splash -in the water hereaway, push out at once.” - -In a moment longer he had turned the angle and disappeared. - -Those behind now stationed themselves where they could hear the least -unusual sound. None of them attempted to converse. Their suspense was -too deep. - -Half an hour thus passed, or rather dragged; for to those waiting, -it seemed hours. What could keep Scarred Eagle and Mace? Directing -Revel to steady the remaining canoe, Brom stepped to its further end, -and managed to obtain a view outward. He saw an outline of the other -canoe drawing silently toward him through the gloom, and far beyond he -plainly distinguished one or two moving bodies, revealed by the degree -of light prevailing outside. - -As he stepped back, Scarred Eagle and Mace glided to the chamber and -landed. Their report was not a cheering one. As Brom had suspected, the -Indians in their canoes were watching the mouth of the passage. - -“We must git to work quick!” said Scarred Eagle. “Them out yonder ain’t -sure we’re in here, though they suspect it. Mebbe we kin cheat ’em -ag’in.” - -“Work is it?” exclaimed the Irishman. “I’m ready dthin--pwat’ll be -doon?” - -“It shall be your part to keep watch with Moorooine an’ see if them in -the canoes ondertake to come in. The rest on us ’ll work at the passage -in the rocks. Mace thinks thar’s a prospect of workin’ our way up so ’s -to fire occasionally on them watchin’ above us. If we kin, it may draw -’em away from the mouth of the passage an’ gi’n us a chance to steal -out in the canoes.” - -Mace had already begun to remove some of the obstructions placed in the -rocky passage. The rest fell to work with a will, leaving Devine and -the Indian girl to watch the passage outward. - -As previously mentioned, the way up through the rocks was devious and -rough, and nearly thirty feet in extent. Half-way up was a kind of -niche where three men might stand abreast. The rangers hoped to be able -to fire upon the savages from this point. Could they do so, the Indians -might possibly believe the rocky passage extended no further, and -withdraw those who were stationed at the mouth of the water-passage. - -They worked with the energy of men who realized that life is the stake. -There was little danger of their being heard, as it was much easier to -remove obstructions from the inside than from without. - -In a few minutes they reached the desired point. Pausing they heard -sounds, proclaiming the Indians had again resumed work. - -“They’re gittin’ on faster now,” said Mace. “I judge they’ve got that -big stone moved, but it’s cost ’em more ’n a good hours work. Ha--look -out!” - -As he spoke, a rumbling, heavy jar was felt, as a huge rock fell -forward, lodging a few feet above them! Mace chuckled grimly. - -“Thar! Ye see it got the better of the scamps. Thet ar was fixed for -jest sich an occasion as this, but was never used afore. Now, it’s in -sich shape that we couldn’t git out o’ here ourselves in less ’n half a -day ef thar wa’n’t no one round to interfere.” - -“It’s bad!” remarked Scarred Eagle. “We won’t have a chance to let ’em -know we’re here except by shouting, an’ they’d see through that. If -we could git in a shot or two now, they’d b’l’eve we war in the last -extremity.” - -As he spoke, “thump, thump,” came sounds from above. Pressing up as far -as possible, between the wall and obstructions before them, he obtained -a view of several dark figures relieved against a starlit sky in the -distance. - -“That bowlder broke a section of the ledge as it fell, an’ the devils -ar’ makin’ thar way round it,” he whispered. “It’s jest the thing after -all--reach my rifle here, Revel!” - -Mace had made the discovery as soon as Rhodan. Revel handed them their -weapons, and stepped back. - -“Push y’ur weepon up as far as ye kin,” cautioned Scarred Eagle. “The -report ’ll be less likely to echo back below us.” - -But they withheld their fire. The Indians had suddenly ceased their -work again, and not a glimpse of them could be seen. Minute after -minute passed of unbroken silence. - -“I had hoped they’d keep on!” said Scarred Eagle. “But their crazy rage -is coolin’. Thet’s what’s made ’em work, when they mout ’a’ waited an -b’en jest ’s sure. Ah-ha--what’s ter pay now?” - - - - -CHAPTER XI. - -NOOKECHIN. - - -The Irishman had scrambled up, and stood beside them. - -“For dthe luv of God coom below, quick!” he exclaimed. “Dthe rats are -movin’ in wud the boats!” - -“You an’ Revel keep here, Mace. You’ll know if wanted!” - -And as Scarred Eagle thus spoke, he hurried down after the Irishman. -He found the Indian girl standing as far out as possible, gazing up -the water-passage. Coming on slowly, were two canoes, each containing -three or four Indians. They could be plainly distinguished, for a torch -was fixed in the prow of the one ahead. It only cast light a few yards -ahead and around them, so that the watchers had no fears of being -discovered, till the canoe should approach nearer. - -“They want to come, but ’fraid to,” whispered Moorooine. - -“It shows they’ve doubts ’bout thar bein’ a hidin’-place in here. -_That’s_ in our favor, anyhow. Ef we could only make ’em b’l’eve thar -w’an’t any, we’d soon git clear.” - -The canoes came on very cautiously. Suddenly, the Indians, feeling the -increased current, began to dip their paddles to prevent moving too -fast. The one nearest the torch seized it, and waved it from side to -side, examining the walls. But, save at the secret chamber, there was -not the least cavity in the rocks. - -They held their canoes nearly motionless, and peered into the unknown -darkness. Evidently they did not like the idea of venturing further. -They were not rid of the superstition about the place, and the gloomy -depths, beyond, from which came a sullen roar, made them nervous. - -Suddenly a prolonged, dull echo came to the ears of Scarred Eagle and -Moorooine. They knew it was caused by rifle-reports up in the passage. -Those in the canoes heard the echoes; but to them it was of frightful -significance. Mingled with the sullen roar in the depths, it doubtless -seemed to their startled imaginations, that the evil spirit of the cave -was about to take vengeance on them for their temerity. At any rate, -they pulled back with the utmost dispatch. - -Leaving Moorooine to watch, Scarred Eagle sprung back and hastened up -the passage. As he gained the spot, he heard yells outside plainly. - -“We’ve hit one o’ the curs--what’s goin’ on below?” cried Mace. “Is -thar a chance--” - -“Yes; come on for y’ur lives!” interrupted Scarred Eagle. - -They hurried back into the chamber. - -“Ar’ they in sight, Moorooine?” called Rhodan. - -“No; all gone!” said the girl, joyfully. - -“Then out with these ’ere, quick!” - -Both canoes were at once launched. In the foremost and largest, four of -the rangers took their places. Brom and Moorooine followed in the other. - -As they moved forward, they heard the sounds of excitement, which told -that the savages were rushing to the spot, where, as they doubtless -supposed, their enemies were attempting a desperate resistance. - -“Steady!” cautioned Scarred Eagle, as they neared the mouth of the -rocky channel. “We must feel our way for a minit or two. T’other canoes -may not be out o’ the way.” - -Two minutes later they stopped, and peered ahead. Not a sign of a canoe -could they see; yet those that had ventured into the passage could not -yet have had time to land. To do so, they would be obliged to move a -distance up where the bank was more sloping. There was no danger that -these might be lying to the right or left of the entrance, behind the -juts of cliff. - -The rangers consulted a moment. They were far enough to see the -reflection of starlight on the water further out. Had it been darker, -they would not have hesitated to risk an attempt to start out. They -concluded to move close up beside the right wall, and then steal up and -endeavor to obtain a view of the opposite side of the entrance. - -The canoes came nearly up to the wall, when Devine, glancing back, saw -something floating toward them. - -“Luk!” he said, in a wild whisper. - -The object was where the starlight shone upon it. As the rest turned it -disappeared from sight. At the same moment, shouts came from the right -of the entrance, and a canoe was heard rounding the adjacent angle. - -“Back!” whispered Scarred Eagle, in a tone of startling earnestness. - -Quickly as the order was obeyed, the canoes had hardly turned, when the -foremost was struck by another containing half a dozen Miami warriors. - -Instantly a burst of wild yells rung out, and were echoed back from -the adjacent banks; and, at the same instant, “crash! crash!” rung the -blows of hatchets. There was no time to level a rifle; no time to push -back into the cavern without a struggle. - -Six against four! Unfortunately, Revel, at the first onset, received a -blow which laid him powerless in the canoe. His fall, while it made the -odds more fearful, caused the canoe to surge back, and at that moment -Brom, pushing his rifle forward, fired, killing one of the assailants, -who fell back into the water. The incident gave the other three time to -snatch up their rifles; but by this time another canoe was approaching -rapidly. - -The rangers were not permitted to level their rifles, for the -assailants, knowing that aid was at hand, recovered in time to beat -down the weapons, springing in with their hatchets to the attack. - -“That’s it--quick boy--git us apart!” - -The hoarse exclamation of Scarred Eagle, as with his two companions, -he made almost superhuman efforts to beat back the assailants. The -endeavors of Brom were somewhat aided by Revel, who began to recover -from the effects of the blow. Even then, it seemed impossible to get -clear of the assailants before the latter should receive aid. But -suddenly their canoe was tipped backward by an unseen hand, and the -warriors, losing their balance, tumbled into the water. One of them -was dispatched by Mace. At that moment, a form appeared beside Brom’s -canoe, and a voice shouted: - -“Me--White Fox--take in quick--Goodbrand!” - -Moorooine identified the speaker in time to stay the arm of Brom, -raised to strike a supposed enemy. - -As Goodbrand sprung in, the voice of Scarred Eagle was heard above the -din: - -“Hyar they come; give them a volley or we’re lost!” - -Another canoe was sweeping up, the occupants paying no attention to -their companions in the water. Not two rifle-lengths separated them as -Scarred Eagle spoke. Almost immediately the four rangers fired, doing -fearful execution; then, taking advantage of the confusion, they swept -back toward the subterranean chamber. - -But the Indians, now reinforced by another party in canoes, soon -followed. The rangers had barely effected a landing when they found two -or three canoes within twenty yards of the retreat. One of them carried -a torch. - -“The devils know our weepons ar’ empty, an’ don’t mean to give us time. -Load quick, and if they come too soon, club y’ur rifles!” - -As the veteran scout issued this command he himself began to reload, -the rest following suit. - -“Quick! here come!” suddenly exclaimed Moorooine. - -As she spoke she darted back, and a canoe rounded the turn, the torch -in its prow revealing the cave and inmates distinctly. - -“Hyar they be--beat back the devils!” shouted Scarred Eagle and Mace -together. - -As quick as thought their clubbed rifles came down upon the occupants -of the foremost canoe, some of whom in their wild rage had attempted -to leap into the chamber. Yells, cries and groans rung out through the -dark depths, presenting a scene of the wildest confusion. The Indians -pressing in the rear let fly another volley of arrows, but most of them -passed over the heads of the assailed, who had temporarily beaten back -those in the foremost canoe. At this instant a heavy object fell with -a crash in one of the canoes, striking down some of its occupants, and -tipping it over. - -“Thet’s it--the rocks,” shouted Mace. - -“Ay, dthim’s dthe boys. Musha, take dthat, ye haithens. Och, we’ll -bate dthem wud sthones, so!” - -In less time than it takes to describe it, the Irishman had inaugurated -this species of warfare. There were plenty of loose rocks in the -chamber, and the rangers hurled these so rapidly among the crowd of -assailants that the latter were glad to withdraw out of range as quick -as possible. The moment they did so the rangers began again to reload, -a torch left in a remote corner of the room affording sufficient light. -They could hear their assailants still moving away in the darkness. - -The rangers now had time to glance at each other, and question -Goodbrand, whose timely aid ten minutes previous had probably saved -them all from capture or death. His statement was brief. His companion, -Joe Hill, had escaped, while he himself had been struck down with a -hatchet as he ran. Being brought forward and recognized, they were -about to sacrifice him on the spot, so great was their rage; but -at that moment came the shots fired by Revel and Mace upon those -endeavoring to force the passage. In the increased rush to this spot -only three or four were left around Goodbrand. While the attention of -these was for a moment diverted, the thongs with which Goodbrand was -bound were cut, and he recognized the whisper of Noochekin in his ear: - -“Me pay back you now for savin’ my life on the lake. If catch ag’in you -die. Debt paid now. Go.” - -He darted away, and was pursued, Noochekin himself joining in the -chase. The latter stumbled over a log, retarding the rest, till -Goodbrand disappeared behind a lodge. Thence he crept under a jut of -the bank, where he lay, till fearing discovery, he dropped under the -water, intending to swim into the chamber. As we have seen, he was in -time to aid his friends. - -“Then the canoe side o’ the entrance must ’a’ be’n watchin’ for ye?” -said Scarred Eagle. - -“No--watchin’ for _you_,” was the answer. “It come round the jut as me -started to swim. They mistrusted some trick, an’ meant if _was_ in here -you shouldn’t git ’way.” - -“It must be--yes, Goodbrand; you’re right. The devils hev be’n beat too -bad to neglect watchin’ any p’int which may look ’s ’ough we mout take -advantage of it. We’re in our last corner, chaps, an’ thar’s no need -o’ denyin’ it; but we’ll rest awhile, ef the scamps ’ll let up, an’ -prepare to meet ’em when they come. ’Twon’t be soon, uther, ’cos they -kain’t but see they’ve got us.” - -“Yes; but the hellions ’ll r’member these last two days,” said Mace, -grimly. “No danger of their comin’ at us ag’in right away. They’ll wait -till we’re as weak as babies from hunger, an’ then try ter git the hull -_posse_ on us _alive_! We mout ’s well keep it up, an’ git our deaths -by fightin’.” - -“It’s better’n to be kilt alive at dthe sthake!” assented Devine, with -a shudder. - -“Time enough to begin another scrimmage; thar’s no danger but that the -entrance ’ll be guarded close enough now,” answered Scarred Eagle. “But -we’d best recruit as best we kin, so’s to hev our strength collected -for the last trial. Thar’s jest a chance some on us may git off, though -it’s a small one. D’ye see a light ahead, boy?” - -The question was addressed to Brom, who stood beside Moorooine in the -end of the canoe, peering back through the passage. - -“No!” was the response; “but thar’s several canoes hovering outside the -entrance, in the starlight. They ain’t a-goin’ to come back here right -away.” - -“Of course not. What is it, Revel?” - -The latter had crept up into the other passage, and now returned. - -“The scamps are _filling up_ the passage,” he said. - -“Ay--’cos it’ll be easier to watch the other way. They needn’t ’a’ took -the pains.” - -He saw that Revel, after waiting a moment, made a silent gesture for -him to come forward. He followed him up into the passage as far as it -had been cleared from the inside. Revel carried a new torch, and by its -light revealed a crevice which he had discovered. Then, putting the -torch behind them, they could distinguish, at about ten feet distant, -the starlight from outside. - -“I thought of this just now,” said Revel, “and came up to look again. -I discovered it at the time you came after us to escape in the canoes. -Now that that chance is gone, here’s another. What do you think of it?” - -“One man workin’ outside, where thar’s room, mout, in two hours, -make the place big enough for us to creep out,” said Rhodan. “To git -outside--thet’s the hull question. One on us mout try it.” - -“What is?” - -Turning they saw Mace and Goodbrand, who had crept up. The matter was -at once explained. - -“If one could git out, what chances ’ud thar be to work ’ithout bein’ -seen or heard? Thet’s the second question,” said Mace. - -“The side we’re lookin’ through is opposite the spot whar the reds ’ll -be likely to keep any sort of watch. Besides, they’ve jist filled up -the hole above us, so, if one on us _could_ git outside unseen, thar’d -be a chance. An’ it seems as ’ough one might. Let us get down an’ -consider the chances.” - -They returned into the chamber, meeting the others, to whom was -communicated what had been discovered. Instantly they began to devise -some expedient by which one might leave the subterranean region, and -what one of them should undertake the desperate feat. - -Goodbrand insisted on having the task. His color, and readiness with -the Indian tongue, caused his request to be unanimously granted. But -now, how was he to steal out without it being known by the waiting -enemy? - -“Thar’s no airthly way but to move up an’ engage the reds in a -skirmish,” said Scarred Eagle. “We must do it in such a way that -Goodbrand can slip noiselessly into the water an’ swim for it. He’ll -hev tu turn to the right of the entrance an’ endivor to git a chance to -draw himself up on the rocks. Ef he kin manage that far, the rest’ll be -easier.” - -“Thar’s another thing,” said Brom. “What can he carry to work with?” - -There was a short silence. They had nothing with which Goodbrand could -work among the seamy rocks except knives and hatchets. - - - - -CHAPTER XII. - -AGAIN! - - -They did not pause long. True, the chance of Goodbrand’s doing any -thing was small even should he succeed in reaching the spot. But it was -better than no chance at all and something else might occur to him by -which to assist his friends. - -The canoes were again made ready, and the party, with their weapons in -good order, entered. They could quite plainly see the canoes of the -Indians outside, while they knew it was impossible for themselves to be -seen until they should approach quite near the entrance. - -Slowly they stole forward, making no noise that could be heard outside, -above the monotonous roar of the channel. - -As they advanced they could see the Indians more plainly. There were -three canoes of them, and a constant stream of inquiries and answers -was kept up with those on shore. - -They evidently feared the rangers were preparing to make some desperate -attempt to dash out. They had had abundant evidence of their power of -resource in danger, and meant to leave no way open. - -The rangers understood this, and felt it was all the more favorable for -the success of their plan. - -The foremost canoe, directed by Scarred Eagle, at last came to a stop. -Twenty yards further would reveal them to those outside. - -For a moment the rangers consulted in low tones on the chances of -actually making a dash past their enemies. The three canoes of the -Indians were somewhat to the left of the entrance. But if they should -get past these there were enough Indians standing along the banks to -riddle them before they could get any thing of a start. So they gave it -up, and Goodbrand prepared for his desperate work. - -The canoes of the rangers now rested in the middle of the channel. -Goodbrand, shaking hands with his companions, let himself silently into -the water and in a few seconds swam to the right wall, and as far up -as it was safe to do. Glancing _toward_ the light, his friends could -make out the outlines of his form as he sought for a place to rest -until the proper moment should arrive. - -In a few moments they saw that he remained motionless, and waited for -his signal. This was to have been a waving of his arm thrice. But the -moments sped on and no signal came. - -Scarred Eagle was about to push up nearer, when he observed Goodbrand -relinquish his hold, and in a moment the latter had noiselessly swum -back. - -“What’s the trouble, Goodbrand?” - -“No trouble,” he said. “Something good. Follow me close up. Some chance -all get way--cheat all the warriors _now_. If mistook, then we can try -other way jes’ same.” And without waiting for reply, Goodbrand let go -the side of the canoe and swam back, as silently as before. - -Word was passed to Brom, who was in the rear with Moorooine and the -Irishman. Then the canoes were turned, and pushed close up beside the -friendly Miami. - -As yet the shouts and inquiries of the enemy were kept up from shore -and stream. Their canoes remained in nearly the same position, and -a continuous watch was maintained over the entire surface of water -adjacent to the dark entrance. - -“Here!” whispered Goodbrand as they came up. “Give me ramrod--quick!” - -Taking one from the hands of Mace, he pushed it up in a slanting -direction through a fissure in the rocks. The gaze of the rest -following his movement, met a beam of pale light coming through the -hole made in the loose earth above. By it they were enabled to see that -the fissure was large enough for them to crawl through, and that the -covering of earth above could be easily removed. - -For a moment after making this discovery they remained inactive. The -chance of escaping so unexpectedly presented, thrilled them one and -all. And yet a single mishap might rob them of it forever and fatally. - -Scarred Eagle was the first to speak, which he did in a low whisper, -as if fearful it might be heard above the noise of the subterranean -passage. - -“We must arrange carefully. Can you creep in thar by standin’ on my -shoulder, Goodbrand?” - -“Yis, easy; quick. Easy to move the earth above. Den we can keep below -slope of bluff, an’ not be seen.” - -“Understand then. You go first. If them out yonder come this way for -any cause, all that ar’ left here at the time ’ll scull back after -firin’ into the enemy. After that, failin’ to hear any one outside the -passage from the chamber, it shell be taken as a signal that this way -is yit secret, and that help is waitin’ hyar. Now--stiddy the canoe, -men, while Goodbrand mounts ahead.” - -The latter, stepping upon the shoulder of Rhodan, easily got within the -fissure, and began to clamber up. It was necessary to go scarcely his -length, however, when he encountered the covering of earth. - -“Be keerful!” admonished Scarred Eagle. “Don’t let any of the earth -fall back, nor a stone.” - -The most intense and painful anxiety now prevailed. So near to escape -on one hand, and to capture and death on the other. - -Goodbrand worked forward cautiously. Gradually he removed the slight -barrier of earth, and they saw him push his head through, and knew he -was taking a rapid survey of the bluff. In a moment he settled back, -and turning his head, whispered: - -“All clear--come on!” - -Having warned them, he moved again, and in a moment had passed entirely -out, throwing himself flat upon the ground outside. - -With beating hearts the rest prepared to follow. Moorooine was assisted -up, and began to crawl forward. Revel was the next in order, Scarred -Eagle refusing to go till the last. But before Revel had a chance to -ascend, a movement was heard outside in the starlight, and looking out -they saw a canoe of the Indians in motion. - -“Git y’ur rifles ready!” muttered Scarred Eagle, in a low tone. “It’s -impossible to tell what they’re goin’ to do, but--” - -“Hold stiddy for y’ur lives--_Moorooine?_” - -It was the voice of Brom, sufficiently loud to reach the girl’s ears -without being heard by the enemy. - -“What?” she answered. - -“Lie still where you be--don’t move a hand’s breadth or the reds may -notice the light which your body now hides!” - -He spoke as rapidly as possible, then turned to watch the canoe. This -was moving as though again to enter the depths of the passage. - -“Hish!” muttered Scarred Eagle, bending forward. - -“Tell ye it’s time ter take the _oars_!” remonstrated Mace, excitedly. -“We mustn’t be diskivered in this spot! Ef we be, our chance is gone -here, sartin!” - -“As long as they’ve no torch we’re safe from that, yit,” remarked -Rhodan. “They’ve got to pass ahind us before they can see us. -Ah--now--silence for y’ur lives!” - -The occupants of the approaching canoe, five in number, swept their -bark suddenly aside not ten yards above the rangers, and began to glide -toward them. Rhodan at once divined their object. It was not to again -penetrate to the rocky chamber, but to gain a position where they could -see if a light was visible therefrom. - -It was too late for the rangers to move back without being heard. -Nor did Scarred Eagle wish to. He had hopes that he could remain -undiscovered, and that the explorers would soon turn back. If not, he -was confident of being able to worst the fellows, and make good his -retreat before others could interfere. - -With their own canoes pressed close to the wall, and ready to use -paddle or rifle as occasion might warrant, the borderers awaited -developments with bated breath. Nearer came the canoe of the warriors, -and lower crouched the whites. Suddenly the canoe stopped. It was so -near that the rangers, looking _toward_ the light, could make out the -forms of its occupants peering forward into the darkness. For several -moments they remained thus; then, dropping back upon foot and knee they -swept back, and rejoined the others. - -The rangers lost no time in making their exit from the place. One by -one they ascended till only Scarred Eagle was left. Seizing the hand -of Mace, he was assisted up, and in five minutes after the Indians had -withdrawn, all of the whites were gliding away toward the opposite side -of the bluff. - -It was now considerably past midnight, and heavy clouds began to drift -across the sky, rendering the starlight dim indeed. The little party -soon halted at the edge of the water on the other side. They could -plainly hear the excited jabber of Indian tongues behind them, and knew -that no time was to be lost. - -But how to escape from the bluff was the question now. To their right, -after ascending the bluff, lay the deep forest. An attempt to escape -that way would expose them to great danger, as it was quite certain -some of the Miamis would be hovering near the place. Not a canoe was to -be had, and not a log could be found on which to float to the forest -further south. - -After a short consultation Scarred Eagle and Mace left the rest, and -ascended the bluff to reconnoiter. Goodbrand and Revel, moving apart, -kept as sharp watch as possible around the left curve of the bluff -toward the subterranean passage. - -“Dthere must be a way for us now dthat we have got so fur out of it,” -said Tim at length. “Och musha, me head!” - -“I b’l’eve thar will, Tim,” replied Brom, who was supporting Moorooine, -into whose willing ears he had been whispering. “You’ve had a hard one -over gittin’ me clear. If I k’n ever pay ye back--” - -“Luk, now!” interrupted the Irishman. “Sthop, ef yees don’t want to -rise me. Is it of pay y’ur goin’ to talk, an’ to Tim Devine? Yees know -betthur. Wouldn’t yees do as much for me, an’ more? We done dthe besht -we c’u’d, though. Poor Dan Hicks! Och, musha! B’ated down; an’ him -skulped before me very eyes!” - -The poor fellow’s voice trembled with emotion. - -“It’s b’en an onusual adventur’,” remarked Brom. “Of course we all mean -to stick to each other. Thar’s three lost, not to speak of Hill. I hope -’e made good ’is escape. He couldn’t ’a’ done nothin’ for us. Thar -wouldn’t ’a’ b’en one us alive ef ’t hadn’t b’en for--” - -“--Dthe wan beside yees--why don’t ye spake it?” said the Irishman, as -Brom paused. “Yes, God bless ’er. She’s a haro to dthe core, and wan -I’d shed me besht blood for--thrue’s me father was a docthur w’u’d I. I -what, they’re coomin’ back, an’ now I’m in hopes dthurt a way to l’ave -dthis divule’s ragion.” - -Not for a moment had Brom and his companions ceased to keep a sharp -watch about them, and their brief conversation had been carried on in -whispers. As Tim spoke, Revel and Goodbrand came up. - -“The reds mistrust something, for they’ve started into the cave with -torches,” said Revel. “Less move forward.” - -“Thin we’ll hear from dthim soon, I’m thinkin’.” - -“They’ll see the canoes we left, an’ that’ll tell the story.” - -“It will, onless, as may happen, the canoes drifted down beyond the -chamber,” said Brom. “In that case they’ll leave us a little more time.” - -They were creeping cautiously up in the direction taken by the -elder scouts. These had now been gone nearly half an hour. Suddenly -Goodbrand, who was some paces ahead, put back his hand and sunk to the -earth, the rest speedily following his example. - -What had he discovered? In a few moments the question was answered. -Three dark forms began to loom into view, dealing down the slope of the -bluff. The rangers did not attempt even to exchange a hurried whisper. -There was no need, for each of them comprehended the situation, and -held the same theory. In some way Scarred Eagle and Mace had aroused -the suspicion of these warriors, but evaded them. The latter, to -satisfy their curiosity, were searching over the ground where they -suspected an enemy had lurked. - -The concealed party well knew why these warriors made no outcry. They -could have no suspicion, as yet, that any of the whites who had been -driven into the subterranean passage, had escaped. But the latter might -have companions watching for a chance to render them aid. - -Nearer they came, glancing sharply around, and stepping so lightly that -they seemed like moving phantoms instead of living forms. Brom and his -companions lay as silently as death, hoping to escape detection by -these prowlers. All knew that an outcry or struggle could hardly fail -of being heard beyond the bluff, and would at once bring others to the -spot. But they held themselves ready for a quick struggle, if it should -prove necessary. - -The three Indians were several paces apart, and paused every moment in -their course, listening keenly. In this manner they passed the little -party, who lay so close to the ground that only the closest inspection -could reveal them. - -Brom, who lay furthest to the right, began to move aside, and the -others followed his example. In a moment or two, all were crouched -beneath the shelter of a scraggy spruce, under which the Indian spies -had already searched. The outlines of the latter could now barely be -seen passing around the curve of the bluff; but they did not pass out -of sight. As if satisfied that their ears or sight had deceived them, -they turned back after a short pause, directly toward the whites. - -But the latter had already moved on, nearly in single file, keeping the -spruce between them and the warriors. Suddenly a whisper, which they -recognized as Rhodan’s, warned them aside. They were in time to dodge -behind a protuberance of the bluff as the Indian spies loomed into view -between them and the spruce. - -“Don’t show a limb!” whispered Scarred Eagle. “Ef I move, all on ye -foller, an’ be sure to use no weepons unless they see us first. These -’ere mustn’t be allowed to make an outcry.” - -A few seconds after the delivery of this order, the spies came on -boldly. They were passing a yard or two below the party, when they -suddenly halted and gazed out over the water. Looking _downward_, they -could distinguish nothing; but they had heard some sound, as of a body -moving through the water. They at once glided down close to the edge of -the shore. - -Scarred Eagle had also heard the slight sound, and well knew it was -Mace swimming forward and pushing a log before him. The sound had -ceased now, and he felt sure the latter was aware of the presence of -the three warriors. Had they discovered him? - -They squatted down close to the water and remained motionless. Minute -after minute passed, and still they moved not. The hearts of the -rangers began to beat wildly. At any moment their absence from the cave -might be discovered, when the entire bluff would be surrounded and -searched closely. And in a little more than an hour it would be _light_! - -“We kain’t wait longer, nor we kain’t avoid a tussle with these chaps -below us,” whispered Rhodan to Brom. “It’s Mace out thar, with a log -brought from across the angle of water. The hull of us must steal -onto them chaps. Pass word to the rest, an’ remember we must take ’em -without raisin’ an alarm, or lose the lives we’ve brought so fur out o’ -the jaws o’ death!” - -From one to another was the order passed. Then as silently as a -shadow, the veteran scout rose with Brom and Revel at his left. Foot -by foot they crept toward the spies, whose attention to the water -seemed completely absorbed. A sudden dash from behind, and they found -themselves thrown to the earth, while bands of iron clasped their -throats. At this moment a movement, heard a few yards out, told that -Mace comprehended the scene, and was pushing in with the log. - -The captured spies were stout fellows, and expecting death, made every -endeavor to struggle or cry out. But those who came behind threw -themselves across their bodies, while Moorooine, with the remnants of -a blanket, assisted to gag them. While this was going on, Mace reached -the shore with the section of a tree-trunk. - -“What! End the devils an’ done with it,” he said, savagely, drawing a -knife as he spoke over one of the captives. - -“Hold!” said Scarred Eagle, catching his arm. “Put that spirit out of -ye, Ben; enough blood has b’en spilt, an’ this is onnecessary. An’ -remember _these_!” he added, nodding toward Goodbrand and Moorooine. - -The other understood him, and hurriedly began to secure their rifles -and ammunition on the heavy log, Goodbrand and Tim assisting. The -spies were securely bound, and placed so that they would not easily -be discovered in the gloom. At this moment several dark figures were -discovered on the slope above moving down toward them! - - - - -CHAPTER XIII. - -IN THE TOILS. - - -“Cling to the log, an’ push off!” whispered Scarred Eagle. “We must be -quick or all his lost!” - -The party darted as silently as possible to their places, Rhodan -and Ben Mace at either end of the log. In a moment longer they were -drifting outward, swimming as fast as they were able. Moorooine and -Devine kept their glance behind, being hurriedly directed to give -notice when the Indians should come down to the water. - -“Now--they most there,” said the girl, in a whisper. - -All ceased their exertions, for it was impossible to proceed without -disturbing the water sufficient to attract attention. The most lively -apprehensions now filled their minds. Would the new-comers at once -discover their bound comrades? They were coming on in a line that -would bring them within half a dozen yards of the latter. But suddenly -pausing, they separated, two going to the right and two toward the left. - -“S’archin’ for them that we took!” said Rhodan. “They think t’others -ar’ too long away. We kin begin to move ag’in.” - -The log was again pushed forward slowly, in order not to attract the -notice of the new-comers. As these moved further away, the whites -renewed their speed, pushing out with all their strength. But a sudden -loud splashing came to their ears, and glancing back, they were able to -discover that one of the bound warriors had, by desperate exertions, -got his feet sufficiently loose to work around and strike them in -the water. The noise attracted the attention of the others, who were -already rushing back. - -The men now put forth an almost superhuman strength, in their efforts -to push the log forward. They had no doubts their whereabouts would -soon be known, and a wide-spread alarm given. Full sixty yards were yet -between them and the opposite shore. All would depend on their reaching -it in time. They could hear a rush of feet around the east side of the -bluff; but as yet, no sounds of alarm came. What could this mean? Were -not the bound spies yet found? - -Once, as Moorooine glanced behind, she fancied she saw a canoe rounding -the bluff. She hastily communicated her suspicions to the rest, -inciting them, if possible, to greater exertions. - -Straining every muscle in the work, the little party soon landed on -the shore. Hastily securing their arms, they entered the dark woods. -Without expressing it, all wondered that so little commotion had been -heard from the bluff. Could it be possible that the Indians were not -yet aware that their prey had escaped? Before moving forward they -glanced back. To their dismay, they saw three or four canoes darting -toward them, spreading apart as they came on, and occasionally -displaying torches, which gave a clear view over the adjacent waters. - -Nearly all of the little party comprehended the situation at the same -moment, and it caused a terrible reaction of disappointment. Not only -was their escape known, but it had probably been discovered before, -or about the time they had left the shore of the bluff. As far as -possible, the Indians had restrained all notes of alarm, and gone -to work silently, that their escaping victims might not know of the -pursuit. - -No sooner had the lights been displayed, than the long-suppressed -shouts broke forth from river and forest. Nothing more was needed to -confirm the fact that the doomed whites were surrounded. The Indians on -the river had detected the floating log, and knew their victims were -within the circle. It was evident, the entire force of the village was -abroad, determined this time to prevent the possibility of their escape. - -“Thar’s only one thing,” said Scarred Eagle, hurriedly, and yet coolly. -“The circle ’round us is a big one, an’ they won’t be in a hurry ’bout -closin’ it up, when daylight ’ll so soon show things plain. We must -separate. Some on us may git off, but I needn’t say it’s onsartin. Ah, -well, whatever’s the will o’ Providence we must give in tew. Come, boy, -an’ you tew, girl! We three ’ll keep together, be our fates good or -bad; ’cos I know it’s y’ur wish as it is mine. The rest kin go separate -ways, an’ each trust to his own gifts an’ a Higher Power!” - -The trio moved silently away in the gloom, Brom tightly clasping the -hand of the Indian girl. He soon became convinced the others kept -together, and were following on a parallel course to their own, and a -few yards to their left. All commotion had now ceased, and the silence -was most thrilling. They had absolutely to feel their way, and knew not -when a lurking foe might spring upon them. Each one carried a hatchet -in one hand, and the deadly knife in the other. As they advanced down -the line of shore, an occasional ray of light was reflected from the -torches on the river. But at last these were no longer to be seen. No -doubt those in the canoes were posted at intervals a short distance -from the banks, listening for the movements of the fugitives. - -Suddenly Rhodan paused, and turned to Brom and the girl. - -“’Twon’t last much longer, boy,” he said. “Ef we don’t meet some o’ the -reds soon, daylight ’ll be upon us afore long at best. For myself it’s -no gr’et matter, ’cos, beyond the nat’rul desire to live, I’ve no gr’et -object to live _for_, ’cept the good o’ you an’ my brave girl here.” - -As he spoke, they noticed he had laid down his trusty rifle, retaining -only his other weapons. - -“An’ now,” he added, “I’m off toward the right, hyar. The minnit ye -hear a shout an’ a rush, you two put nor’-west. Mind to bear a trifle -toward the village at first, an’ then keep on to y’ur left, ’cordin’ as -ye judge the way is clear. Ye _may_ git off!” - -He grasped a hand of each, and then attempted to turn, but they clung -to his hard hands. - -“No, Rhodan!” said Brom, hoarsely. “’Twon’t work. You’d go to sartin -death, an’ ye know it. An’ to save us! No--stay; you kin help this girl -out _alone_, better’n I could. She’s ’s dear ter me as life, an’ she -shell be saved. I’ll go an’ bein’ younger--” - -“No--me go too, den!” said Moorooine. “Hark! Warriors not far that -way now. You shall no die for me. Do no good if did. We better die -together. See--thar one come!” - -Before another word could be passed, a figure loomed up beside them, -and the voice of Mace whispered: - -“Come out here, Scarred Eagle. Goodbrand has stole down toward the -bank, where the lights last showed a canoe.” - -“Ay, I know what the Miami wants to ondertake; but too _many_ mustn’t -try it, even ef thar’s an atom uv a chance. I don’t say thar ain’t. Go -back with Mace then, you two,” he added, addressing Brom and the Indian -maiden. “What I hev spoke of ’ll be of advantage to ye even in that -case.” - -“What, Rhodan?” - -“I’m goin’ ter stir up the devils that ar’ hoverin’ out here,” said the -other, as he stripped his wet hunting-frock. “Go on with ’im, Brom, an’ -the girl too.” - -“But, Rhodan--” - -“Don’t waste time,” he interrupted. “I’m detarmined on this, ’cos it’s -for your good, an’ the hull on us.” - -“Then I’ll go in for the same stretegy,” said Mace. “Go quick, Brom. -Ye’ll find Revel an’ the Irishman jist back hyar. Goodbrand ’ll be back -in a minit, to lead ye to the water. I’ll creep lower down, an’ raise a -row at the right time. Am I right, Scarred Eagle?” - -“Yes, go!” said the latter. - -As he spoke, the three exchanged a hurried clasp. The next moment -Rhodan glided away in one direction, Mace in another. Brom, tenderly -clasping the hand of Moorooine, pressed toward the spot indicated by -Mace. - -In a few moments he found Devine and Revel, who seemed to be expecting -them. Hastily communicating the plans of the others, the four at once -relapsed into silence as they waited for the return of Goodbrand. - -The moments, so full of fearful suspense, seemed hours. The darkness, -meantime, seemed to deepen, as it often does just before daybreak. -Not the slightest sound yet broke the solemn stillness; yet they were -conscious that all around them foes were lurking, or crawling forward, -ready to pounce upon their victims. - -They strained their eyes toward the dark line of water just visible -below them. Suddenly a light flashed out whose rays penetrated nearly -up to the little ascent upon which they stood. It was gone in a moment, -leaving a blacker darkness around. - -But the light, though momentary as that of a lightning-flash, had -disclosed a canoe close up to the bank, in which were five warriors. -And the watchers were in time to notice that this canoe was below the -others, which were grouped one above another, to the south angle of the -bluff above. - -It was evident, then, that the Indians supposed the fugitives were -hidden directly opposite them, and that, attempting to pass up, down, -or back, their capture would be inevitable. And should they, in sheer -desperation, take to the water, sharp eyes and ears were watching in -anticipation. - -Nearly five minutes had now passed and still Goodbrand came not. -He must have just seen the light, giving him the very knowledge he -evidently sought. What was detaining him? - -Brom leaned back, and without taking his eyes from the direction of the -river, whispered: - -“Either Goodbrand is took, or has found some o’ the reds atween us an’ -him. What d’ye say, Revel? I think we mout’s well be movin’ toward the -way Mace has gone!” - -His only answer was a grip upon his arm, and a whisper in his very ear: - -“Be careful an’ very ready! A warrior come--very close--behind us only -very little.” - -Brom turned silently. Just behind him crouched Revel and Devine, whom -the keen-sensed Indian girl had similarly warned. She herself had -slowly leaned against a tree, and inclining his body toward her, Brom -sunk to foot and knee! - -For half a minute the dread silence continued. Brom began to fear his -whisper had been heard beyond the ears of his companions. Ah! There -comes a movement--hardly perceptible is the sound, but still enough -to show that an enemy is almost beside them. A gesture from Moorooine -reveals the fact that a warrior is upon the opposite side of the tree! - -It is a fearful moment, but prompt action is necessary. Brom -straightens up and leans forward with drawn knife. His intention is to -spring like lightning behind the tree and kill the warrior if possible -without giving the latter a chance to cry out. - -“Waugh!” comes at this moment a whispered exclamation at the left, -quickly followed by a few cautious words in the Indian tongue. Turning -his head he saw another Indian, who stood so as to command a view of -both sides of the tree. - -As a lightning suspicion flashed through Brom’s mind, the one behind -the tree moved aside toward the new-comer, uttering a few words as he -passed. The next moment a long, muscular arm clasped him from behind -and a hand was upon his throat. Then there followed a short, silent -struggle, and the warrior was pressed to the ground, stunned and -senseless from a heavy blow on his head! - -“Now come quick!” whispered Goodbrand, excitedly. “If don’t, some come -’tween us an’ shore!” - -Silently and in single file they followed him. They were within twenty -paces of the bank when there came to their ears the unmistakable sounds -of a struggle at some distance behind. As they dropped to the earth -a smothered groan rung out through the solemn depths, showing that -Scarred Eagle had encountered an enemy. - -Instantly a light was seen flashing from the edge of the water -immediately in their front, and a rush was heard in the direction of -the sounds; then a shrill cry rung out below them, ending in a groan -that told of death. Several dark forms leaped past, immediately in -front of the fugitives, and became lost in the gloom! - - - - -CHAPTER XIV. - -A NOVEL EXPEDIENT. - - -Goodbrand rose to a half-stooping position and began to glide forward -again. The rest followed closely. In a moment or two they all stopped, -conscious they were within ten feet of the edge of the bank. - -The various sounds occasioned by the maneuvers of Scarred Eagle and -Mace had ceased. The fact was terribly significant to all. The Indians -were too fearful of the stratagem of the whites to permit themselves -to be drawn far away. They knew a simultaneous rush would give some of -their victims a chance to escape, taking advantage of the darkness and -noise. - -Goodbrand had not communicated his plan in words, but all understood -it. It was to attempt to surprise and overpower those in the canoe, and -then try to escape on the river. Wild and desperate as was the scheme, -it promised better than any other mode. The noble heroism of Scarred -Eagle and Mace had enabled them to get so far. Could they now succeed? - -A few thrilling moments passed; then Goodbrand, exchanging a low -whisper with Brom, began to worm himself forward alone. The latter -turned slightly, and communicated with Moorooine, who in turn passed -word to the men behind. Then, silent as shadows all rose to their feet. - -Hardly a minute passed when Goodbrand rose silently near them. - -“Canoe here!” he whispered. “Four warriors in it yit. Their eyes and -ears are wide open. Only one way to do. Must do quick, for--hark! -They’re goin’ more down banks.” - -“Let’s make the rush then,” said Brom, hoarsely. “’Tain’t likely we -shall succeed, but it’s our last chance. Is t’other canoes near?” - -“Not very. Above. Only see ’em when light comes. There ’tis now.” - -Again they crouched down. The light would otherwise have revealed them -in spite of the bushes separating them from the edge of the river. In a -moment it was concealed again. - -“Now our time!” whispered Goodbrand, rising. - -“Hold!” whispered Brom. - -A sudden, peculiar expedient had suggested itself. - -“What for?” - -The young ranger did not answer at once. It was evident the canoe was -slowly moving down the bank. While they listened it drew up a few yards -below them. - -“Goodbrand, now use your best wits. You know thar lingo. Take -Moorooine, and steal forward till you are quite near them, then take -her in your arms, an’ do you, dear girl, be unconscious. Make ’em -b’l’eve you’ve been took prisoner. Goodbrand shall play your captor. He -shall tell ’em ’e took ye, and ask ’em out to make room for you. The -rest of us ’ll be on hand, if they take the bait, ur _don’t_ take it!” - -Brom spoke hurriedly. Goodbrand, by a gesture, signified his -approbation of the scheme. The Indian girl at once moved to his side, -and the two started forward toward the canoe. - -They gradually made themselves heard as they advanced. The three men -glided close behind. The warriors were on the alert. Suddenly seeing -one of their number, as they supposed, they peered forward anxiously. -At this moment Goodbrand, clasping the form of Moorooine in his arms, -addressed them in panting tones: - -“Step out quick! The Sporting Fawn is taken, and can be kept in the -canoe till the others are found. Their race for life is nearly run!” - -Suppressing a cry of triumph, the four warriors immediately vacated -the canoe, one of them steadying it for Goodbrand to enter with his -insensible prisoner. As the latter stepped in he dropped his charge, -and suddenly turning, struck down the one holding the canoe. At the -same instant the other three were knocked headlong, just as they were -in the act of springing forward. - -Like lightning the others sprung in beside Goodbrand and Moorooine. -Already had the former seized the paddles and the canoe was now gliding -down the bank. All this had not been accomplished without some noise. -One of the savages had been knocked into the water, and the splash, -coupled with groans, rung out plainly. The fugitives had not moved ten -yards when lights from above flashed over the water, showing them to -those in the other canoes. - -Instantly the most wild and alarming yells arose as the canoes behind -started in pursuit. The yells, answered from the line of shore, were -succeeded by a rush of feet. - -“Out into the stream!” cried Brom, wildly. - -“Look out--arrows comin’!” - -“Och! murdher!” - -“Give ’em yer rifles, quick!” - -“Crack! crack-crack!” - -“Now row with y’ur stocks--my God, _quick_, it’ll help some.” - -Already Goodbrand and Moorooine had turned the canoe and were -propelling it with all their might, not ceasing for a moment, though -both of them had been struck by the arrows. To cease from their -exertions now would be certain capture, and setting their teeth hard, -the whole party worked on, taking the risk of being struck by those now -rushing down to the banks. - -By some accident the torch in the prow of the foremost canoe of the -pursuers had been extinguished, again enveloping the scene in darkness. -A perfect Babel of shouts filled the air, as if the Indians, aware -that nearly all the fugitives were before them, were concentrating -all their energies to the work of ending the protracted search at -once. In the midst of the din the pursued heard a splashing toward -their right, showing that a number had sprung into the water in their -infuriated surprise and eagerness, and a moment or two--just enough for -the contrast to disappear--the fugitives became conscious daylight was -dawning upon them. - -“These jest behind ain’t gainin’ on us--push on, an’ _courage_!” cried -Brom. - -“Ef we kin git inter the current furder out--ah, good God, t’others are -cuttin’ across that way!” - -“Turn it, Goodbrand--turn it quick! We’ll work harder ter strike the -current furder down!” - -“Luk out, the bows are coomin’ intil us. Murdher!” - -The Irishman got an arrow through the back of his neck, and it passed -into the arm of Brom. The rest escaped the volley as by a miracle, and -the moment it passed sprung to their task again. - -All this time the space to the left and right, as well as behind them, -rung with malignant, crazy yells, defying description. But having -struck the main current they were now making rapid headway, determined -not to be diverted for a second. They occasionally cast glances back, -but not at the expense of relaxing labor; yet they could not see that -those in the nearest canoe had lightened their craft by the exit of -three warriors, leaving three more to make accelerated speed. - -“Murdther--dthe Vargin purtict--here’s soom jist upon us!” cried -Devine, at last. - -“The rest keep on for _life_, an’ we’ll look out for these, Tim,” cried -Brom. “If we stop a minit, the others ’ll overhaul us--ha!” - -Two rifles spoke from an adjacent bend of the bank, and one of the -nearest pursuers fell into the river. - -“’Twas Rhodan an’ Ben!” shouted Brom and Revel, simultaneously. - -“An’ dthe durned apes are b’ated in _dthat_ game; whist--hoora!” yelled -the impulsive Irishman. - -“Go in, boys! That’s it; they kain’t reach us from shore, while these -ahind hev spent thar arrers, an’ ain’t gainin’ a bit. What--hold--turn -the canoe in, Goodbrand, towarts the p’int ahead; ef t’others ar’ thar, -we’ll manage--” - -“No--no!” cried the Indian. “Lose ground if do. We got safe so fur, git -safe longer!” - -At this moment, Devine ceased his labor, and the canoe lurched, nearly -upsetting. - -“Ha, Tim, what’s this? Ah, the brave chap’s--” - -He ceased speaking, as he grasped the Irishman, who had nearly -fallen out. And no wonder. His terrible experiences during the last -twenty-four hours, his sufferings as a captive, of which the rest knew -little, and his last wound--all had culminated at last, and the man of -iron endurance had fainted. - -“Quick--good God!” exclaimed Brom, as he drew him in, “we’ve lost by -this. There they come!” - -“Gi-gi--stoo--gi--_durn ye all_--stoop down, thar!” came at this -moment, in a ringing voice from shore. - -All recognized it and huddled down, as two canoes, full of their -pursuers, surged up not three boat’s-lengths behind. The next moment a -dozen rifles rung out from the shore, followed by despairing shouts and -groans behind. - -“Thank God! Hurrah for the victory!” shouted Brom, the others joining -in. - -“Come i-i--_come in_!” shouted Joe Hill. “Ar’ ye all thar?” - -“All but Rhodan an’ Mace. Look for them up-shore. Never mind us.” - -And then, standing up, Brom pressed Moorooine to his breast, without -speaking. - -The next instant, the canoe touched the shore, and a group of hardy men -waited to receive them, foremost among whom were Scarred Eagle and Ben -Mace! - -“Ay, boy!” said the former, with a tremor in his voice, “Providence has -ordered that we ain’t yit to part.” - -Still clasping the Indian girl, Brom put his hand tenderly on Rhodan’s -shoulder and undertook to speak, but his voice failed him. They all -met, as brothers long separated, the rescued all grasping the hands of -Scarred Eagle, Mace and Joe Hill, in turn. - -“Mebbe ye thought I’d de-de-_desarted_ ye,” said Hill. “Ye see what -I war about. I met the advance of Bradstreet’s army jist in time fur -this. Hear that. Thar won’t many of ’em iscape!” - -It was now light enough to distinguish objects plainly. Far up the -shore came the numerous reports of rifles, showing the Indians were -surprised and routed at every point. The noise aroused Devine, who had -been laid upon the ground, attended by some of his companions. - -“Courage, Tim, my boy!” said Scarred Eagle, bending over him. “Ye’ve -got among friends, an’ the inemy ar’ routed.” - -“An’ is it y’ursilf to tell me dthat?” he answered, struggling to his -feet. “Good! I thought I was dead, so. Phare’s dthe rist? Ah--all here, -dthe Vargin be praised! Phat’s dthat?” - -“Good music!” said Mace. “It’s the shouts of the retreating reds.” - -“Och! musha! I’ve but wan ear,” said Tim, putting up his hand with a -grimace; “but it’s wilcome to sich music. Give me a sup of wather, for -I’m wake, jist.” - -Something stronger was furnished to all of the rescued. As the light -increased, those in pursuit came back, forming a numerous company. As -the day advanced the main division of the army came up and acting upon -the report furnished by the rescued scouts, prepared to advance to -the relief of the besieged fort. This was done, and the fort relieved -without a struggle. The followers of Pontiac, alarmed and disheartened -by repeated reverses, had abandoned the region. - -In three days the scouts, now thoroughly recruited in strength, -returned to one of the border settlements. Here Brom Vail and the -beautiful and brave Miami maiden, whom he loved, were united in -Christian marriage. Scarred Eagle and Goodbrand made their home with -them, and Mace was always a welcome visitor. - -Thus, reader, we have traced one of the episodes of frontier life. And -now our story is done. - - THE END. - - - - -Transcriber’s Note. - - -In this file, text in _italics_ is indicated with underscores. - -Printer’s errors were corrected where they could be clearly identified. -Otherwise, as far as possible, original spelling and punctuation have -been preserved, including variations in dialect. - -The table of contents was created by the transcriber. - - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCARRED EAGLE; OR, MOOROOINE, -THE SPORTING FAWN *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/68601-0.zip b/old/68601-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 342b3cf..0000000 --- a/old/68601-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/68601-h.zip b/old/68601-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 74cd038..0000000 --- a/old/68601-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/68601-h/68601-h.htm b/old/68601-h/68601-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 4e787ce..0000000 --- a/old/68601-h/68601-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4967 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> -<head> - <meta charset="UTF-8" /> - <title> - Scarred Eagle, by Andrew Dearborn—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover" /> - <style> /* <![CDATA[ */ - -body { - margin-left: 10%; - margin-right: 10%; -} - - h1,h2 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; -} - -p { - margin-top: .51em; - text-align: justify; - margin-bottom: .49em; -} - -.ph {text-align: center; - font-weight: bold;} - -.p130 {font-size: 1.3em;} -.p120 {font-size: 1.2em;} -.p115 {font-size: 1.15em;} -.p110 {font-size:1.10em;} -.p75 {font-size:0.75em;} -.p70 {font-size:0.7em;} -.p50 {font-size:0.5em;} - -.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} -.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} -.p5 {margin-top: 5em;} - -.mb2 {margin-bottom: 2em;} - -.break {page-break-before: always;} - -hr { - width: 33%; - margin-top: 2em; - margin-bottom: 2em; - margin-left: 33.5%; - margin-right: 33.5%; - clear: both; -} - -hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;} -@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} } -hr.full {width: 95%; margin-left: 2.5%; margin-right: 2.5%;} - -div.chapter {page-break-before: always;} -h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - - -table.shrink { - margin-left: auto; - margin-right: auto; -} - - - -.tdr {text-align: right;} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - position: absolute; - left: 92%; - font-size: smaller; - text-align: right; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-variant: normal; -} /* page numbers */ - - -.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - - - - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; - color: black; - font-size:smaller; - padding:0.5em; - margin-bottom:5em; - font-family:sans-serif, serif; } - - - -abbr, em, cite {font-style: italic;} - - - - /* ]]> */ </style> -</head> -<body> -<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Scarred Eagle; or, Moorooine, the sporting fawn, by Andrew Dearborn</p> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Scarred Eagle; or, Moorooine, the sporting fawn</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>Beadle's Pocket Novels No. 104</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Andrew Dearborn</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: July 24, 2022 [eBook #68601]</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: David Edwards, Thomas Frost and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (Northern Illinois University Digital Library)</p> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCARRED EAGLE; OR, MOOROOINE, THE SPORTING FAWN ***</div> - - - - -<h1>SCARRED EAGLE;<br /> -<span class="p50">OR,</span><br /> -<span class="p70">MOOROOINE, THE SPORTING FAWN.</span></h1> - -<p class="ph p130 p2">A STORY OF LAKE AND SHORE.</p> - -<p class="ph p115 p4">BY ANDREW DEARBORN,</p> - -<p class="ph p5"><span class="p120">NEW YORK:</span><br /> -<span class="p130">BEADLE AND ADAMS, PUBLISHERS,</span><br /> -<span class="p110">98 WILLIAM STREET.</span> -</p> - -<hr class="full x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - - -<p class="ph break"> -Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by<br /> -BEADLE AND COMPANY,<br /> -In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the United States for the<br /> -Southern District of New York.<br /> -</p> - -<hr class="full x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<h2 class="break">CONTENTS.</h2> - - -<table class="shrink" style="min-width: 40%"> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER I.</td> - <td>WHITE VS. RED.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">9</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER II.</td> - <td>MOOROOINE.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">16</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER III.</td> - <td>TWO LESS.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">24</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER IV.</td> - <td>THE HUMAN BIRD.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">31</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER V.</td> - <td>THE GORGE DECOY.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">37</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER VI.</td> - <td>BEAUTY IN BONDS.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">42</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER VII.</td> - <td>THE HEART OF LOVE.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">47</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER VIII.</td> - <td>A BLOODY TROPHY.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">52</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER IX.</td> - <td>A SUDDEN REPRIEVE.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">58</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER X.</td> - <td>THE FORLORN HOPE.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">62</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER XI.</td> - <td>NOOKECHIN.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">68</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER XII.</td> - <td>AGAIN!</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">75</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER XIII.</td> - <td>IN THE TOILS.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">83</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> - <td>CHAPTER XIV.</td> - <td>A NOVEL EXPEDIENT.</td> - <td class="tdr"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">88</a></td> -</tr></table> - - -<hr class="full x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p> - - - - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.<br /> -<span class="p75">WHITE VS. RED.</span></h2> -</div> - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Crack!</span> crack!” rung out the reports of two rifles over -the calm bosom of the lake, and two canoes, about fifty rods -apart, seemed to leap from the water as they sped forward.</p> - -<p>The course of both canoes was toward the western shores -of the bay forming the north-western portion of Lake Erie. -The one behind was manned by five Indian warriors, two of -whom had just fired upon the boat ahead, which contained two -persons—a white man and an Indian. The bullets, however, -had no other effect than to cut the water at the distance of -several yards to the right of the pursued men.</p> - -<p>“S’pose you take rifle now, Scarred Eagle?” said the Indian -to his white companion.</p> - -<p>“No, not yit, Goodbrand,” said the other. “Thar’s little -danger of the devils hittin’ us yit, but they want to make us -lose time. Five oars ag’in’ two is gre’t odds, with a mile still -afore us. Pull for y’ur life?”</p> - -<p>The speaker was a man past forty years of age, with proportions -denoting great strength and agility. Evidently, he had -been through many rough scenes of border-life, for nearly every -part of his body visible showed the marks of wounds. The -most conspicuous of these was upon his face, one side of -which was an entire scar. From this circumstance, he was -called “Scarred Eagle” by the Indians, who had long since -learned both to fear and respect him. But his face, though -disfigured, was not wanting in expression. In fact, there was -something of dignity in his bearing. No stranger would meet -the clear gray eye, and note the bold, frank style of the man’s -speech, without feeling that he was in the presence of one of -nature’s noblemen, indeed. His dress was after the prevailing -style of bordermen; and we note but one peculiarity. The<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span> -hunting-frock was decorated on the breast by a design in bead-work -representing a man in the act of silently bearing a white -female prisoner from the midst of some sleeping Indians.</p> - -<p>The Indian who assisted in propelling the canoe was not -so tall as his white friend, though dressed nearly like him. -He was a noble-looking savage, and had learned to speak the -English tongue with considerable fluency.</p> - -<p>A few words will explain the meaning of the situation in -which we find these two men.</p> - -<p>Both belonged to a body of scouts hovering near the besieged -garrison at Detroit. They had, in the present instance, -been scouting alone on the neck of land between Erie and St. -Clair lakes. Being discovered by a party of Indians, they had -retreated to the lake, and embarked in the canoe which had -brought them from the opposite side of the bay already mentioned. -But the Indians had found a canoe and started in -pursuit before our friends were half a mile away. And at -the moment we have introduced them, this distance had been -lessened, so that hardly fifty rods now separated them.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle and his Indian friend were not wanting in -skill in the management of their craft. They knew the pursuers -were fast gaining on them; yet they hoped to avoid a -close struggle on the water, over which the gloom of night was -fast settling. It was yet nearly a mile to the shore, however, -and the shots which came every few seconds from their enemies, -began to whizz alarmingly near.</p> - -<p>“It’s time ter pay back, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, at -length. “I hate ter begin, ’cos it’ll hinder our speed an’ give -them bloody rascals an advantage.”</p> - -<p>“S’pose you no do now, <em>have</em> to bimeby,” returned the Indian. -“Mebbe kill some now; den not so many to fight if -come up.”</p> - -<p>“Thet’s a good plan enough, allowin’ I kin dew it, Goodbrand. -But they’ll dodge down likely, jest as we do. Howsumever, -I’ll try it. Ha! down with ye ag’in!”</p> - -<p>The warning was not a moment too soon; for as they dodged -down into the canoe-bottom, two or three reports rung out, and -this time the bullets spun directly over them.</p> - -<p>“Ay, Goodbrand; now keep ’er stidy’s ye kin, while I see -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span>what kin be done.”</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle, while thus speaking, dropped the paddle and -snatched up his rifle, which was leveled and discharged with -surprising quickness. A cry of pain answered the report of -the weapon, and one of the pursuers fell back, never to use -oar again! Goodbrand gave utterance to a shout of triumph.</p> - -<p>“Ha, Scarred Eagle, dey find out <em>who</em> shoot now, mebbe,” -he said, though without relaxing for a moment his exertions -at the paddle.</p> - -<p>“Thar’s <em>one</em> less, sartin,” replied Scarred Eagle, “but they’ve -gained fast on us fur the last minit. We’ll keep frum close -quarters as long as we kin.”</p> - -<p>Before the pursuers had fully recovered from their confusion, -the white marksman had reloaded his rifle. He kept a sharp -watch upon those behind, while his Indian friend, with bared -bosom and arms, was reeking with sweat, as he strained every -muscle to his work.</p> - -<p>Scarce thirty rods now separated the canoes, and the pursuers -were, every one, using a paddle. Scarred Eagle again -jerked his rifle to a poise; but, quick as was the movement, -the Indians crouched down, leaving but little of their bodies -exposed, though still managing to propel their canoe.</p> - -<p>The white man, still keeping watch upon the enemy, snatched -up a paddle and assisted his Indian friend. But he was -not permitted to do so long. One of their foes rose suddenly -and fired, the ball grazing Goodbrand’s shoulder as he stooped, -and for the first time during the chase, four ringing war-whoops -from those behind echoed over the lake-waters.</p> - -<p>“No—no—not yit, Goodbrand!” cried Scarred Eagle, as he -saw the Indian about to draw in his paddle. “Save y’ur shot -till it comes closer quarters. ’Tain’t more’n a quarter of a -mile furder to shore—we must leasten it all we kin.”</p> - -<p>The white man spoke hurriedly, though no trepidation could -have been noticed in his voice. He himself, taking advantage -of the few seconds allowed, was working with giant strength -at the paddle. But, as before, the Indians, upon noticing his -work, determined to stop it and draw his fire. Two of them -fired together this time, and one of the balls plowed a slight -furrow across the top of Goodbrand’s head!</p> - -<p>Hardly had the echoes of the reports ceased when Scarred -Eagle sprung up and leveled his rifle. Its report was followed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span> -by jeering cries from the pursuers, who redoubled their exertions -at the oars.</p> - -<p>“That <em>’ar</em> was wasted through your whirlin’ round an’ -rockin’ the canoe so sudden, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, -with chagrin in his tone. “Ah!” he immediately added, as -his quick glance fell upon his friend’s head, “struck, war ye? -Wal, it’s no use puttin’ things off longer. Take y’ur rifle.”</p> - -<p>The other did so, suffering the canoe to float idly on the -water, while his white companion was hurriedly reloading. -But the latter had not time to finish the work. Not more -than forty yards now separated the canoes, and the occupants -of the hindmost had also ceased their labors, preparing for the -struggle. Two of them suddenly rose, and <em>three</em> reports rung -out simultaneously. The shot of Goodbrand told with good -effect, for one of his enemies fell back into the lake. He himself -was merely grazed; but his white friend, Scarred Eagle, -uttered a deep groan and fell headlong beneath the waters of -the lake!</p> - -<p>The Indian, Goodbrand, could not repress an exclamation of -sorrow. He was as deeply attached to Scarred Eagle as though -the latter had been an own brother. But now, the career of -his friend seemed ended.</p> - -<p>The faithful fellow was almost on the point of throwing -himself into the lake after his friend. But the exultant yells -of his enemies roused in him that instinct of revenge so characteristic -of his race. He had no chance to reload his rifle, -for the other canoe was now but a few yards distant, and he -knew three Miami warriors were ready to shoot him the moment -he should rise.</p> - -<p>Goodbrand himself was a Miami Indian. He had been -converted years before, by the Moravian missionaries, and had -only departed from their teachings in that he took up the hatchet -of war, in behalf of the white race whom he loved. For -this reason he was an outcast from his tribe, and had no hopes -of other than a cruel death, in the event of falling alive into -their hands.</p> - -<p>As the canoe of the others came nearer, Goodbrand grasped -knife and hatchet in either hand, fully determined not to be -taken alive.</p> - -<p>He had not been more than a few seconds thus prepared,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span> -when the appalling war-whoops of his enemies were suddenly -hushed, and groans burst out, quickly followed by a splashing -in the water. Quickly he raised his head and saw, not more -than twenty feet away, the canoe of his pursuers <em>bottom upward</em>, -while two of its late occupants were disappearing beneath -the water! Another moment, and the form of Scarred -Eagle rose from the water, surging toward him!</p> - -<p>“Push up, Goodbrand, push up,” said Scarred Eagle, in a -panting voice. And in less time than what we occupy in -describing it, the Indian had assisted his friend into the canoe.</p> - -<p>For a few moments the latter could hardly speak, and -Goodbrand, comprehending the work he had done, merely uttered -an exclamation of joy as his keen eyes watched for the -reappearance of their foes.</p> - -<p>“I knifed two on ’em the minit I riz up side o’ thar skiff, -Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, with a shiver in his voice. -“<em>Them</em> won’t mislest us more, but t’other one’s hangin’ ter the -canoe yender.”</p> - -<p>Already had his Indian friend seen this, and seizing the -paddle began to sweep up toward the drifting canoe. But -suddenly, Scarred Eagle interposed.</p> - -<p>“Let the poor devil go, Goodbrand,” he said. “He kain’t -dew us any hurt, an’ it seems like a cruel advantage to take -by sich as we.”</p> - -<p>“Good!” assented the other. “It shall be as my brother -says, ’cos he wise head as well as quick hand. He has saved -us both. He is an Eagle that can fly under water, as well as -over the land.”</p> - -<p>“I seen ’twas best course, considerin’ the fix we war in,” -replied the other as he began to wring the water from his -clothes. “It come to me all of a sudden like. Ah—thar’s -the cretur’ in sight,” he added, as the head and shoulders of -the remaining enemy appeared on the opposite side of the -receding canoe.</p> - -<p>“It is Nookechin—one of my cousins,” exclaimed Goodbrand -in surprise. “I’m glad no to kill him, though kill me, mebbe.”</p> - -<p>“An’ I’m glad tu hear ye say it, Goodbrand,” answered -Scarred Eagle. “It shows you’ve a Christian heart, an’ that -the Moravians hevn’t labored on ye in vain.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span></p> - -<p>“Workechin likes not to war upon his own race, and only -does so when necessary to defend his white friends,” replied -the other, assuming for the moment his Indian name. “He -believes in the white God and white ways; and wishes his -own tribe would believe likewise. They would be more -happy then. Nookechin,” he added, elevating his voice, and -using his native tongue, “you see we spare your life. I hope -never to have occasion to meet you nor any other of my kin -or tribe in battle, for I would not harm them. Does Nookechin -hear?”</p> - -<p>“It is well,” answered the other. “I shall not forget this -kindness from my cousin. I will never fight against him till -I do him as good a turn.” And, as if fully confident of the -good intentions of the others, he righted the canoe and sprung -into it. Then, grasping a paddle which floated near, he made -a gesture of good-will toward his late enemies, and began to -push rapidly toward the northern shore.</p> - -<p>“What now, Scarred Eagle?” asked Goodbrand, as he -peered toward the western shore now barely discernible -through the gloom. “Mebbe our friends hear us fight—mebbe -Injuns hear too.”</p> - -<p>“Y’ur right,” said the other. “Lay ’er off sou’-west a trifle -an’ we’ll try ter steal ashore under kiver of the darkness.”</p> - -<p>Goodbrand obeyed, taking a course that would land them -some distance below the point from which they had embarked. -Though prudent himself, he instinctively deferred to -the judgment of his white friend. And there were but few -along the border who did not place more confidence in the -opinions of Scarred Eagle than in their own.</p> - -<p>The latter, while his friend pushed forward the canoe, reloaded -his trusty rifle, which he had left in the canoe with his -powder-horn, at the time he feigned death. This accomplished, -he directed his gaze toward the shore.</p> - -<p>“Easy, Goodbrand, easy,” he whispered, at length. “It’s -gittin’ dark, but not fast enough for our purpose onless we -move slower. That’s right—it’s better.”</p> - -<p>His Indian friend had ceased to paddle, and the canoe -floated noiselessly on the water. For a quarter of an hour -neither of them spoke except in low whispers. About two -hundred yards away loomed up the great forest, stretching -away from the shore. Not a sound came from its depths<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span> -yet they knew lurkers might lie along shore, thirsting for their -blood.</p> - -<p>“It’s jest possible that we mout land safe, Goodbrand; but -’twon’t dew to trust the appearance of things hereaway,” remarked -Scarred Eagle. “Some o’ the chaps orter be expectin’ -us, even ef they hain’t heard our rifles, which it is posserble -they hain’t.”</p> - -<p>“S’pose you give signal,” said the Indian.</p> - -<p>“We’ll steal up a little closer fust. Thar’s hardly an outline -of the shore to be seen now.”</p> - -<p>Goodbrand began to push the canoe forward. Suddenly a -single peculiar note came from the forest.</p> - -<p>“About with it, quick!” whispered Scarred Eagle. “It’s -Ben Mace’s signal, an’ warns of danger.”</p> - -<p>As he spoke he seized another paddle, and in a moment -the canoe was gliding back from shore. Then came three or -four rifle-reports, and the bullets whistled uncomfortably near.</p> - -<p>“Now, Goodbrand, we’ve got ter calkerlate clus,” remarked -Scarred Eagle, as soon as they were out of danger. “We’ve -got ter land <em>somewhar</em>. Whether furder up or down’s the -question. We’ll be watched for, cluser’n Saul watched for -David, an’ must use all the wits Proverdence has gin us.”</p> - -<p>“Scarred Eagle speaks well,” replied the Indian. “S’pose -we go up. The Miami warriors are cunning. They cum from -fort-way an’ will watch above here ’cos they’ve heerd us fight. -Den we better go, hurry down.”</p> - -<p>“Ye’ve come to the marrer of the thing, Goodbrand, an’ -that’s what I like,” responded the other, after a moment’s -thought. “Now, won’t our enemies not reelly expict we’ll -take the very course you speak of? It strikes me they will. -They’ll reason the thing ’bout ’s you, who ar’ ecquainted -with their wiles.”</p> - -<p>“I see—yis,” said Goodbrand, to whom this species of -strategy was apparently new. “Den, if say go up, we go.”</p> - -<p>“We must keep well out an’ dip light,” remarked Scarred -Eagle, as he seized a paddle. “It’s sartin Mace is ’round, -an’ the rest orter be—some on ’em. All on ’em wouldn’t have -stayed at the bivo’ac. But land we must; otherwise this night-wind -’ll benumb every narve in my body.”</p> - -<p>For half an hour they continued to pull northward. As<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span> -the darkness deepened, they drew gradually nearer shore, and -soon their canoe touched a jut of land.</p> - -<p>At this moment, a succession of sounds, muffled by distance -and intervening forests, came to their ears. Any but the experienced -ears of a scout, would have failed to understand the -significance of these sounds. But our friends knew they -were the echoes of rifle-reports.</p> - -<p>“Ay, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, in a whisper, as -both glanced around through the gloom. “The rest o’ the -chaps ar’ in trouble, an’ we’re in fur it. Come!”</p> - -<p>Both stepped noiselessly ashore, drew their canoe under the -densely-wooded bank, and then began to steal forward through -the gloom.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.<br /> -<span class="p75">MOOROOINE.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">About</span> an hour previous to the events last described, a number -of rangers were grouped around a fire, near the termination -of a deep forest gorge. A small stream ran through the -gorge, finding an outlet at the shores of the lake, about two -miles away. At their backs rose an almost perpendicular -cliff a hundred feet in hight, covered with dense foliage. The -banks of the gorge, opposite, were comparatively low, and -supported huge trees, whose branches, shooting far out, rendered -the place gloomy even at midday.</p> - -<p>A better hiding-place, or bivouac, for a <i lang="la" xml:lang="la">posse</i> of rangers, -could not well have been chosen. An enemy might pass -within thirty yards of the place, and be none the wiser, so -far as sight or hearing is concerned. On the contrary, those -within, looking outward from comparative darkness, could -quickly discover the presence of interlopers, and withstand -attack or make a good retreat, as policy might require.</p> - -<p>The rangers had not been at this bivouac long. In groups -of two, they had been watching the forest in different directions. -They had returned, according to previous arrangement, -and were now partaking heartily of rich venison-stew<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span> -broiled on the bed of coals in their midst. They had assured -themselves that no Indians were lurking near, before -kindling the fire; yet the smoke from the hard, dry wood, -became invisible ere it reached the top of the interlaced -branches above them.</p> - -<p>Little need be said in description of these men. They -were the main body of scouts mentioned in the preceding -chapter, and Scarred Eagle was their acknowledged leader. -They were all hardy-looking fellows, well-armed, and of -various ages, of uncouth appearance, rough in speech, but with -nerves of steel; ready to face danger at any moment, and not -loth to indulge in the pastime of a wrestling-match, or knock-down -among themselves, in the absence of more exciting events.</p> - -<p>“Seems ter me Brom, as yer call ’im, orter showed hisself -afore now ef ’e <em>ain’t</em> got took,” remarked one of them, -a tall, coarse-looking fellow in homespun.</p> - -<p>“I dun know, Hulet,” replied one of his companions, clearing -his throat. “It’s a dangerous job he ondertook—gittin’ -to the fort when it’s compissed by so many Injuns. But ’e -ain’t had time. A day for twenty miles’ travel, an’ all on’t -to be <em>stole</em> over, ain’t too long, I reckon.”</p> - -<p>“I know it’s dangerous. But he’s be’n gone more’n a day. -He started three hours afore this time yisterday.”</p> - -<p>“An’ s’posin’ ’e did?” broke in another, of Celtic origin. -“Is dthat a sign he’s tuk? How dthe deuce are you or me to -know dthe crooks an’ turns he’s had to make? Uv wan -thing I’m certain, Brum w’u’dn’t cair for y’ur advice, nor -woon’t thank yees for y’ur unaisiness. So ye needn’t be ov -dthe first to wurry.”</p> - -<p>Hulet deigned no answer to the Irishman, but resumed conversation -with the ranger first addressed.</p> - -<p>“Then, you’re out on the distance tew,” he said. “It’s -sca’ce ten miles to the fort.”</p> - -<p>“It ain’t, eh?” answered the one called Revel, who stopped -with a piece of venison half-way to his mouth, and eyed the -questioner. “Sca’ce ten mile! Who don’t know that?”</p> - -<p>“You said, twenty.”</p> - -<p>One or two of the group indulged in sneering chuckles.</p> - -<p>“I say so yit,” returned Revel. “Brom’s got to pass over -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span>the ground <em>twice</em> afore he gits back here, ain’t ’e?”</p> - -<p>“Yees needn’t ax <em>dthat</em>, Will,” said the Irishman. “Our -<em>laider</em> has swall’ed too much venison entoirely, an’ it’s druv -all dthe sinse he had in his head down to his belly. Dthe -thruth, as sure’s me father wur a docthur!”</p> - -<p>The laugh which went round at Hulet’s expense, was of -course not over-relished by the latter.</p> - -<p>“That ar’ ye call wit—Irish wit, I s’pose,” returned Hulet -unable to conceal anger. “But I don’ know ’bout the ‘doctor.’ -Who ever heerd of a durned Irishman bein’ a doctor.”</p> - -<p>“Who is it?” queried the Irishman, fiercely. “I’ll take a -joke but not an insoolt to me name, ye domd gossoon. Me -father <em>was</em> a docthur, though, an’ I, Tim Devine, am able to -docthur y’ur face, for the slandhur of y’ur tongue!” He aimed -a blow at Hulet, as he spoke, which the latter parried.</p> - -<p>“Hold on—this ’ere ain’t a-goin’ to do, now,” said Revel, -rushing between them. “This ain’t the time for a row. Put -it off. We’ve got to start pretty soon for the lake-shore. -Thar may be Injuns skulking around, an’ we ain’t goin’ ter be -sech headlong fools as to direct ’em here.”</p> - -<p>Tim stood back. In the absence of Scarred Eagle, Revel -was a sort of leader, and all liked him. But Tim shot fierce -glances at Hulet, who smiled tauntingly.</p> - -<p>“Niver mind, aneconde,” said Tim. “We’ll hove dthis -out some time, an’ though y’ur size is something in y’ur favor, -I’ll make ye respict me name if not swalle y’ur words. See -if I don’t now, ye ill-mannered baist!”</p> - -<p>“Hold up, men,” interrupted Revel. “Don’t run it into a -quarrel. That’s foolish.”</p> - -<p>“I don’t want ’er quarrel, nor have no diffikilty,” said Hulet. -“But he begun it. I own I made a mistake ’bout the -distance we was talkin’ of, ’cos I didn’t at fust think.”</p> - -<p>“Co-cor-course; Hulet knew better ef he’d had time ter -th-th-think. He don’t allus, ye know, bo-bo-boyes. T’other -day he mis-mis-mistook an Injun fur a black b-b-bear, jest ’cos -he didn’t hev time ter th-th-think!”</p> - -<p>The stuttering speaker was a tall, spare man, with a whimsical -face, eyes keen as a hawk’s and almost as small. His -sally was greeted by a round of subdued laughter, from all -except Hulet, whose face showed more signs of anger than -had been evinced during his renconter with the Irishman.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span></p> - -<p>Hulet was not personally well liked by his companions. He -had been with them but a few days. He pretended to hail -from one of the border settlements, and claimed to be a scout -of much experience. One or two of the rangers held him in -positive distrust. He seemed used to the forest; yet at times -he made strange blunders for a scout. The one referred to -by the stutterer actually happened, two days previously, while -they were hovering in the rear of a Huron party.</p> - -<p>“Wal, <em>laugh</em>, ef it suits ye!” said Revel, fiercely. “When -it comes my turn, I’ll let some on ye know!”</p> - -<p>“What’s that ye say?” spoke Revel, turning sharply upon -him. He thought he detected something of the nature of a -threat in the other’s tone.</p> - -<p>“You yerself wouldn’t want a mistake flung inter y’ur face -every time any thing comes up!” said Hulet. “But let it pass. -A chap that stutters is allus gittin’ off sunthin’ to make a laugh,” -and he tried to look good-naturedly toward the stutterer, Joe -Hill.</p> - -<p>“Ex-ex-exactly!” rejoined the latter worthy. “My tongue -kine-kine-kinder hitches when I talk, an’ that’s wha-wha-whar -I git time ter th-th-think whuther an objict’s a b’ar or an In-In-Injun.”</p> - -<p>None seemed disposed to interrupt Joe. They enjoyed the -badinage too well. The Irishman especially fatted at the -idea of bringing Hulet into contempt, and encouraged Joe to -keep it up. But Hulet disarmed the latter by joining slightly -in the laugh, and then addressing Will Revel:</p> - -<p>“I don’t understand why Brown should resk himself to -visit the fort, now,” he said. “The major won’t care ter -make a sally afore the reinforcements come.”</p> - -<p>“Old Rhodan knows what he sent ’em for,” answered -Revel. “That’s all I kin tell ye.”</p> - -<p>“Ye mean him that’s called Scarred Eagle. He an’ Brown -seem to think oncommon of each other. Relashuns, ain’t -they?”</p> - -<p>“Not by blood; though father and son couldn’t think more -of each other than they. Rhodan saved ’im, when he war a -striplin’, from the Hurons. They’ve stuck to one another ever -sence, as it’s nat’ral they should.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span></p> - -<p>“In course. Strikes me that Scarred Eagle himself orter -be among us, ef he’s comin’ to-night. Mebbe he won’t. It’s -goin’ to be dark’s a pocket.”</p> - -<p>The Irishman here nudged Joe Hill.</p> - -<p>“Yis; dar-dark-darker’n the outside of a black b-b-<em>ba’r</em>,” -assented Joe, giving his face a comical twist.</p> - -<p>“It’s comin’ on fast, too,” said Revel. “We must betake -ourselves to the lake-shore and watch for Scarred Eagle. Ef -he don’t come by dark we kin come back an’ wait.”</p> - -<p>“Must be Ben Mace’ll come,” said another. “He hadn’t -so fur to go.”</p> - -<p>“That’s why I feel a trifle oneasy ’bout <em>him</em>, Lew,” answered -Revel. “I’ll own it. He’s as good a scout as is in the kentry, -only he’s so mad at sight of an Injun. He runs too much -resk for the sake of revenge.”</p> - -<p>“Why not stay whar we be?” said Hulet. “I don’t b’l’eve -Scarred Eagle ’ll git back frum the neck to-night. Thar’s no -Injuns in the neighborhood, an’ ef I kin read right it’ll be -so dark in an hour that none on us could find our way -back.”</p> - -<p>“How mooch for y’ur advoice, Misthur <em>Hugelet</em>?” said Tim, -quickly. “You’re afeard of runnin’ y’ur head ag’in’ a tree or -<em>bear</em>, whuch? Dthe id’a of a scout, a syees <em>purtind</em> to be, not -bein’ able to git through the woods for darkness! Pish!”</p> - -<p>“You’ll run y’ur head ag’in’ sunthin’ bimeby, Mister -Brogue,” said Hulet, “that’ll make ye—”</p> - -<p>“Oh, git out!” interrupted Revel, again. “Let this foolin’ -come to an end. Some o’ them that’s away may come or -not, but we’ll watch for ’em anyhow. I think Rhodan ’ll be -back. The darkness won’t stop him.”</p> - -<p>“He’d find his way through te-teto-te-tle—<em>durn it</em>—tetotal -darkness blindfolded,” added Joe, spitefully.</p> - -<p>“Good, Joe,” said Revel, with a laugh. “Now, boys—ah, -what’s that?”</p> - -<p>He had seen a dusky figure pass by the outlet of the gorge. -Before he spoke, however, Joe Hill had sprung off with the -agility of a cat, and disappeared in the bushes hard by. The -rest grasped their rifles and followed. But they had hardly -reached the outlet of the ravine when Joe reappeared from a -side-path, leading an Indian girl, who evidently had not tried -hard to get away.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span></p> - -<p>“Thar!” he ejaculated, “I’ve g-got ’er, though what she -wa-wan—<em>blast it!</em>—<em>wants</em> hyur’s more’n I kin tell. Cu-curi’s -part on’t is, she did-didn’t tr-r-r-try ter git away.”</p> - -<p>“Hurry out an’ look around, some of you,” said Will Revel, -quickly. “Mebbe thar’s others near.”</p> - -<p>“None but me,” said the captive, in fair English.</p> - -<p>All, except Hulet, gazed upon her curiously. The girl was -an Indian beauty, apparently about eighteen years of age. She -was above the medium hight, and the color of her skin showed -that white blood ran in her veins. She wore beautiful moccasins -upon her feet, and was dressed tastefully. Her hair -was glossy, black and fine, falling around her shoulders in -masses, though kept back from her forehead by a glittering -silver band. At her back was a bow and quiver of arrows; -while a light hatchet and a knife were pendent from either -side of her waist. She confronted the rangers without showing -a sign of fear, though evidently embarrassed.</p> - -<p>“Why’ve ye come here, Injun girl?” asked Revel. “If it’s -to do us harm, you’re very foolish.”</p> - -<p>“No come for that,” she said, earnestly.</p> - -<p>“How’d ye know we war here?”</p> - -<p>“Didn’t know. Looked sharp—den find you. Come -for do good. Injuns that way,” pointing toward the lake. -“You git scalps took if not careful.”</p> - -<p>“Hear <em>dthat</em> now!” muttered the Irishman.</p> - -<p>“Why’d ye come to warn us?” asked Revel. “Ain’t ye -afraid we’ll harm ye?”</p> - -<p>“Not much,” answered the Indian girl, dropping her eyes. -“If did, would not come. Moorooine loves the white race. -Some bad, some good—so everywhere. But Moorooine loves -them and warns them. Some white herself, too.”</p> - -<p>Will Revel started in surprise as he heard the girl’s name. -Two more of the group also showed surprise and looked with -new interest upon her.</p> - -<p>“Who sent you here?” asked Revel.</p> - -<p>“No one,” replied the Indian girl. “I followed some warriors -softly that went on trail. They found where two men -went off in canoe. Some watch for them to come back; -others search forest.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span></p> - -<p>“Then Scarred Eagle ’ll be in danger,” said Revel, turning -to his comrades. “Thar’s no time to lose. I’ve reason to -b’l’eve this girl’s true to us. How many ar’ along the lake-shore?” -he added, turning to Moorooine again.</p> - -<p>“Me talk more with you, alone,” she said, avoiding the -bevy of eyes fixed upon her. Revel followed her a short -distance aside.</p> - -<p>“There is <em>so</em> much warriors twice,” she said, in answer to -his last question, holding up both hands with the fingers -outspread. “They chased white man, but white man got -away.”</p> - -<p>“Did you see the white man?”</p> - -<p>“Yes. Warriors call ’im Evil Eye.”</p> - -<p>“Ah—Ben Mace!” exclaimed Revel. “Did he run this -way?”</p> - -<p>“Goin’ to; but had to hide. Den warriors missed ’im an’ -leave behind. Look out for white friends on lake. Be careful, -an’ look out for yourselves, too. Git took if don’t. -Moorooine knows the forest an’ will help you. Mus’ go now. -Bimeby you come too.”</p> - -<p>“One minit,” said Will Revel. “You come here for -more’n you say, Moorooine. I’ve heerd y’ur name afore. -Thar’s a young hunter who ginrully goes with the Scarred -Eagle. Have ye seen him called the White Fox, up to’ards the -fort?” This was the name by which Brom Vail was known -among the Indians.</p> - -<p>The Indian maiden glanced curiously into the ranger’s -face, and the rich blood mounted to her cheeks and brow.</p> - -<p>“Yes; seen ’im,” she answered, dropping her eyes. “He -not here, go in canoe with friend, s’pose. Me watch for -his coming an’ you watch too. Be careful. Mebbe all of -us cheat warriors an’ save him an’ friend.”</p> - -<p>“We’ll do our best, sartin,” said Will. “But Moorooine -is at fault. White Fox started for the fort yisterday, an’ -we’re lookin’ for ’im back.”</p> - -<p>The girl’s manner changed at once. A look of deep apprehension -appeared in her face.</p> - -<p>“White Fox got to fort in night an’ started back early in -morning,” she said. “Me see ’im softly (secretly) outside -the fort. Much ’fraid Injuns got ’im! Too bad, very!”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span></p> - -<p>Her looks betrayed intense anxiety. And Revel’s was -equally great. He saw all at a glance. As intimated, he had -heard of the Miami girl, Moorooine, before. The strongest -attachment had sprung up between her and Brom Vail. -They had met a few months before, when Brom, with his -foster-father and a man of the name of Thorpe, were seeking -for information affecting the peace of the latter’s mind. -Moorooine had afforded the party successful aid, and once -saved their lives at the risk of her own.</p> - -<p>“Mus’ go!” she said, suddenly. “Mus’ save White Fox -if can, an’ rest too.”</p> - -<p>“We’ll be on hand, brave girl,” said Will. “If we kin -git with Scarred Eagle an’ Goodbrand we’ll find whar Brom -is, or die for’t. D’ye s’pose ye could find the Evil Eye?”</p> - -<p>“Me try to, an’ den git him help. Ha!” she exclaimed, -as her keen glance shot through the bushes toward the rest -of the company. “Who <em>that</em> man?”</p> - -<p>Will followed her glance, which rested upon the person -of Hulet. For the first time he noticed the latter had kept -as much as possible in the background when the Indian girl -came. Hulet had advanced a little nearer to the rest, who -had apparently noticed his conduct.</p> - -<p>“That?” said Revel. “He’s a scout like the rest of us. -Does Moorooine know ’im?”</p> - -<p>“<em>Most</em> do,” she answered, in a whisper, keeping her eyes -toward him. “You know ’im long?”</p> - -<p>“Only a few days. Why do you ask?”</p> - -<p>“Sure now,” she whispered. “Have seen ’im ’round -fort with Injuns. Watch ’im sharp. He’s no <em>good</em> white -man. He carries two tongues an’ will betray you an’ me too -if can.”</p> - -<p>“What did they call ’im?” inquired Revel, excitedly.</p> - -<p>“Sly Hate. Take care <em>him</em>. Mus’ go. You know cry of -night-hawk? One, tell you ‘look out;’ two will mean, ‘come.’” -The girl turned and disappeared through the bushes toward -the lake.</p> - -<p>Will stood a few moments in deep surprise. “Sly Hate,” -he muttered. “The one that was cashiered for cowardice a -year ago at Montreal, and then j’ined the Injuns. An’ he’s -here ter lead us into a trap. By the great livin’, he shain’t -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span>play the game no further!”</p> - -<p>He stalked through the bushes and approached the group -of rangers. He kept his head down so that Hulet might not -suspect his designs till the last moment. But when he came -near the men, he raised his eyes and saw that Hulet was not -present. The rest were watching his own strange approach -curiously.</p> - -<p>“Phat’s come across yees?” exclaimed the Irishman.</p> - -<p>“Did thet Injun gal—”</p> - -<p>“Whar’s Hulet?” interrupted Revel, sternly. All glanced -around, and several spoke at once.</p> - -<p>“Why ’e was here not a minit ago, ’cos—”</p> - -<p>Further speech was interrupted. A rifle cracked not far -away, and one of the group, grasping his breast, fell to the -ground! The report was succeeded by a defiant shout from -Hulet, who had disappeared in the direction of the lake.</p> - -<p>“It’s all over with me, boys,” gasped the stricken man. -“Go on—all of you, an’ take the traitor, and avenge my -death.”</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.<br /> -<span class="p75">TWO LESS.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Exclamations</span> of horror burst from the rangers, and the -next moment all were rapidly plunging through the bushes -after Hulet. For the time being no thought, no desire, was in -their minds other than to avenge the death of their comrade, -Lew Burns.</p> - -<p>In a few moments they cleared the dense bushes surrounding -their bivouac and caught a glimpse of the traitor. He was -some forty yards away, running rapidly. Three rifles spoke -in quick succession, but the rascal kept on, unscathed. The -three who had fired, stopped to reload, while Will Revel -and Dan Hicks kept on.</p> - -<p>To strike a man running at full speed through a densely-wooded forest, bounding aside and deviating on the course -every moment, is no easy task, and this the rangers well -knew.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span></p> - -<p>“Keep y’ur shot, Dan!” cried Will Revel to the one running -at his side. “Thar’ll be a better chance to strike ’im -soon.”</p> - -<p>The other comprehended him. Not sixty rods straight ahead -was a comparatively open space where the fugitive’s body -would be more exposed. Hulet would either have to cross -this or turn abruptly aside before reaching it. And the latter -alternative would give his pursuers a chance to gain upon him -rapidly.</p> - -<p>Something more than a desire for revenge was now in the -minds of the pursuers, and, if possible, incited them to greater -speed. They remembered that Hulet’s escape would enhance -the dangers of old Rhodan and Goodbrand, and might also -result fatally to the noble Indian girl who had taken such -pains to seek them out and warn them.</p> - -<p>Like hounds Will Revel and his comrade sprung on, keeping -their gaze upon the runaway, though not apparently gaining -a yard upon him. The latter did not seem to notice the -open space which he was rapidly approaching till he was -quite near it. Then, as if suddenly aware of his increased -danger, he whirled and struck toward the left.</p> - -<p>“Now!” shouted Will Revel. “<em>You</em> try ’im, Dan, an’ I’ll -keep on.”</p> - -<p>His plan was to reserve his own shot to the last, hoping -if Dan failed, to make it more effectual by taking advantage -of Hulet’s momentary confusion.</p> - -<p>But the latter was neither hit nor diverted a moment by the -bullet of Dan Hicks, which must have whizzed very close to -his head. He was not more than twenty yards distant when -Revel jerked his rifle to a level and fired. Notwithstanding -the gloom which began rapidly to deepen, Revel saw that he -had struck the traitor near the shoulder, though Hulet still -ran on.</p> - -<p>“Take ’eer o’ that!” shouted the exasperated ranger to his -friend, as he slung his rifle toward him. “By the great -Moses, that hellion shain’t give us all the slip!”</p> - -<p>Without pausing for a second he drew a little ax from -his girdle and bounded on with maddened energy. He -knew the traitor would not long elude him. As if conscious -of this, Hulet also threw down his rifle and pealed out two<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span> -or three ringing shouts of distress. Will Revel well knew -that the commotion might bring some of the lurking Indians -to the spot. But he also knew that his companions were -hurrying up. Conscious that he was gaining on the wretch, -he determined to bring him down at all hazards.</p> - -<p>Suddenly he heard some one bounding toward him and his -prey from an opposite direction. Not doubting that it was -an Indian, he drew back his arm to hurl the ax at Hulet, now -about a dozen yards away. But before he could throw the -weapon, he heard the twang of a bow, the whiz of an arrow, -and noticed that Hulet was struck in the arm. As quick as -thought the ax sped from his hand. But, as though some -evil genius protected Hulet, he suddenly sprung aside and the -ax missed him.</p> - -<p>“Hold—what’s this?” cried a voice, suddenly.</p> - -<p>“It’s a traitor—Sime Hulet—head him off, Mace, quick!” -shouted Will, who had recognized the speaker.</p> - -<p>The next moment there was a series of shouts and bounds, -and Will saw the traitor fall to the earth before the sweep of -Mace’s rifle. Then the cry of a night-hawk, distinct and -clear, rung through the forest.</p> - -<p>“Back, all on ye, back!” said Mace, as he met Revel and -saw his companions rushing up. “Thar’s nigh twenty uv the -cussed p’isons, an’ half on ’em ar’ comin’ this way. Back, -an’ get a better spot to meet ’em in!”</p> - -<p>As he spoke they all heard the bounds of the Indians close -by. Aside from this, Revel remembered the signal of Moorooine. -The spot they were in was quite open, being the upper -part of the cleared space which Hulet had sought to avoid. -The gloom here was not yet so deep but that their forms -would be well outlined, and present fair marks to the Indians -hurrying up. Without loss of time the rangers darted back -and obtained cover.</p> - -<p>Every weapon was soon reloaded. Fully alive to the occasion, -the men stationed themselves a little distance apart and -listened for their foes. Not a word was spoken, and even -their very breaths were hushed.</p> - -<p>Ten minutes thus passed. It was equally still beyond the -open space. But suddenly a movement was heard a few rods -away, and the gaze of the men was strained toward the place<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span> -whence it appeared to come. The fast-approaching darkness -however, began to render objects on the open space very indistinct.</p> - -<p>Will Revel glided noiselessly to the side of Mace.</p> - -<p>“Take ’eer!” cautioned the latter. “We’re in a hornet’s -nest jes’ now. How’d ye find out ’bout thet cussed Hulet?”</p> - -<p>Will rapidly explained.</p> - -<p>“Hah! Then ’twar the Injun gal thet jest gave the -signal!”</p> - -<p>“She was goin’ to find you,” said Will. “But I s’pose -she wanted to make sure that hellion was out o’ the way -fust.”</p> - -<p>“Nat’ral enough. He’d bring her into diffikilty, of course. -But she k’n rest easy consarnin’ him. Blast ’im, I wish we -could ’a’ got ’im inter our paws alive.”</p> - -<p>“Where were you, Mace?”</p> - -<p>“Look out! Hark! Thar—it’s all still ag’in. Durn ’em, -they ain’t ’n no hurry to move. Whar was I? Up nigh the -Miami village when they gi’n me chase. It happened well, -for I not only got away, but seen a scrimmage on the lake—or -heerd it.”</p> - -<p>“Who?”</p> - -<p>“Scarred Eagle an’ Goodbrand war chased from the neck. -They hed a rig’lar devil’s tussle with some Injuns thet follered -’em in a canoe. I warned ’em off, but it cost me a -world of dodgin’. Ha, now thar’s a move yender, fur sartin!”</p> - -<p>Their whispers instantly ceased, and they listened intently. -Any one unused to such scenes would not have believed a -leaf had stirred.</p> - -<p>But these men had no doubt that a number of their foes -were moving so as to get in their rear. Revel saw Mace suddenly -elevate his rifle, and then lower it with a muttered -curse. At the same time a crackling noise came from the opposite -side of the opening.</p> - -<p>“We must sarcumvent ’em in that game,” said Mace.</p> - -<p>“How? fall back?”</p> - -<p>“No—go forrard. No doubt half a dozen on ’em’s gone -down the ground, an’ no knowin’ how many ar’ d’rectly oppersite. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span>We must pass ter the left o’ these, an’ go on towarts -the lake-shore. Ef Rhodan hez got landed, he an’ Goodbrand -’ll need help. We must try ter git ’em with us.”</p> - -<p>“Very well. Shall I speak to the others?”</p> - -<p>“Yis. No—hold on. I’ll dew that myself, an’ you go -on—one on ’em’s above ye now. I’ll try ter cross here, -shortly. You kin try the same furder up.”</p> - -<p>“You’ll git into greater danger by that,” said Revel. “Them -that ar’ watchin’ from where it’s darker ’ll see ye the better.”</p> - -<p>“’Tain’t so much resk as ter lay still here when a number -o’ the skunks are creepin’ up ahind us. Ef they come up in -time we’ll be atween tew fires, an’ then thar wouldn’t be half -a chance left. Move on.”</p> - -<p>Convinced that his companion was right, Revel obeyed. -The darkness was now so great that he could see scarce half -a rifle’s length around him. A few yards away he found another -of the rangers, and hurriedly apprising him of Mace’s -plans, the two stole forward.</p> - -<p>All the senses of the men were now literally strained. Not -only had they to avoid making any noise which might disclose -their position to lurking foes, but also to hold themselves ready -for any sudden encounter. At any moment they might meet -an enemy as agile, watchful and skilled in forest warfare as -themselves. And yet, instead of a feeling of dread, one of -wild, intense excitement thrilled their veins.</p> - -<p>They had crept forward but a rod or two when they detected -similar movements on their right. Will Revel knew that the -Indians were moving up to intercept them, and that Mace was -perhaps at that moment gliding across the open space.</p> - -<p>He whispered a moment to his companion. The latter -agreed to move on alone. Revel himself wished to strike -across the open space at this point.</p> - -<p>He waited some moments, listening to the almost noiseless -advance of his fellow-rangers. Then he turned and was about -to glide across the open space, when a voice spoke close to his -ear. He knew it, and turned to see the Indian girl close beside -him.</p> - -<p>“Where go now?” she whispered.</p> - -<p>“Over yonder,” replied Revel. “Some of the warriors -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>have gone below here, an’ll soon be up ahind us.”</p> - -<p>“Be much careful,” she admonished. “More warriors -comin’ from lake.”</p> - -<p>“Ar’ ye sure?”</p> - -<p>“Yes—sure. Has Evil Eye any news?”</p> - -<p>“No,” replied Will. “Seek Rhodan and Goodbrand. If -we live, the White Fox shall be found.”</p> - -<p>At that instant a bright sheet of flame came from the opposite -side of the space, and the report of a rifle followed. -But before its echoes had ceased, a rifle just below them answered, -and an Indian’s death-groan was distinctly heard.</p> - -<p>The Indian girl disappeared from Revel’s side as noiseless as -a shadow. Holding his rifle ready, he bent forward on foot -and knee, his gaze toward the spot where the Indian had -fallen. He knew it was Mace who had shot the warrior, and -he resolved to wait till the former should move.</p> - -<p>The forest was now as still as though no living being lurked -in its depths. But presently he heard evidence that told him -his companions below were coming toward him.</p> - -<p>He rose cautiously, and began to move on. He believed -Mace had changed his plan. Perhaps some of their foes were -already gliding directly up on their rear. Suddenly he paused. -Some of the rest were very near him.</p> - -<p>“Mace?” he whispered.</p> - -<p>“He’s behind,” whispered a voice belonging to another of -the rangers. “Four or five ar’ but a leetle ways ahind us.”</p> - -<p>“There’s more ahead than we thought, tew. But there’s -no chance to tell the rest, and too late to go back. Come -on!”</p> - -<p>At this moment a sudden commotion began in the bushes -not ten yards away. Not a cry was heard. The combatants -were too intent on the struggle.</p> - -<p>The two rangers leaped forward. In a second they could -discern two dark figures clinched and struggling for the mastery. -Before they themselves could interpose, a groan burst -out, and one of the combatants dropped.</p> - -<p>“Thar—durn yer!” muttered the voice of the triumphant -ranger; but even as the unguarded words came from his lips, -a hatchet in the hands of an Indian behind crashed through -his brain, and he fell against Revel.</p> - -<p>The latter nearly fell himself, but recovering, was in time<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span> -to ward off a knife-blow, and to close with a powerful savage. -As he did so, two rifle-reports rung out near by, and he heard -bold, bounding steps across the open space to his right.</p> - -<p>He noted these circumstances, even at that fearful moment; -and then he was struggling fiercely with his enemy.</p> - -<p>The savage had him at a disadvantage; but Revel happened, -at the outset, to grasp the Indian’s long hair, and pulled -his head back. With his left hand he grasped him around -the waist, and tried to throw him. The Indian’s left hand -was nearly useless, but his right held a knife, which began to -make havoc upon Revel’s shoulder, despite the latter’s endeavor -to hold the Indian’s arm.</p> - -<p>Suddenly the struggle brought Revel’s adversary against a -prostrate tree-trunk over which he fell, dragging the ranger -upon him. The accident enabled Will to draw his own knife, -and the next instant it was buried in the Indian’s breast!</p> - -<p>Springing up, he saw that the ranger who had followed him -had been similarly engaged. The latter was underneath a -savage, and struggling desperately to avoid the knife-thrusts -aimed at his breast. Revel sprung to his assistance. But a -dark form was before him—that of Mace. The latter dealt -the Indian a blow, and with a groan he rolled aside.</p> - -<p>“Down, quick!” said Mace; and with the words, he dropped -to the ground, jerking Will down beside him. Two or three -reports rung out, and the bullets whistled over them. The -three men hastily crept a few yards aside.</p> - -<p>“Where’s the rest?” whispered Will.</p> - -<p>“A little below us, workin’ their way up,” said Mace. -“They’ll git tired o’ this, cuss ’em.”</p> - -<p>“Poor Hank!” said Dan Hicks. “That makes two.”</p> - -<p>“They’re gittin’ paid!” said Mace, grimly. “Hish!”</p> - -<p>Footsteps were distinguished coming from below. Mace -was satisfied whose they were. In the course of three minutes, -the other rangers came up. Meantime, nothing to indicate -any new position of the Indians had been heard.</p> - -<p>A hurried consultation was held by the men. Mace knew -that not less than a dozen savages were around them yet. -But the commotion had diverted those on the watch for Rhodan; -so it was naturally supposed the latter and his Indian -friend had succeeded in landing, and were perhaps, not far off.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span> -Yet to venture on signal-notes would apprise the savages of -their exact position.</p> - -<p>“Let each one hold his knife ready,” said Mace. “We’ll -separate a little an’ keep on this course. It’s no wuss’n to stay -here till they steal upon us. Mebbe we’ll run across Rhodan. -Come.”</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.<br /> -<span class="p75">THE HUMAN BIRD.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Of</span> course the rangers had conversed in whispers, which -could not have been heard three yards away. And not for a -second had they ceased to watch and listen with strained -senses.</p> - -<p>But they did not start. Another rifle spoke from the opposite -side of the open space, the bullet passing near them. -And during the succeeding moment or two, they detected -movements at their left. For a short time longer they remained -motionless and silent.</p> - -<p>“These on our left ar’ goin’ up,” said Mace. “Ten to one -most o’ the skunks ar’ above us now. I’m goin’ ter make -stret across the openin’.”</p> - -<p>Joe Hill undertook to whisper something; but the other -had no time to hear him, being already creeping after Mace. -Joe suppressed a wrathy exclamation and followed.</p> - -<p>The nature of the ground was such that a practiced scout -could steal over it without much danger of being heard. The -greatest danger was being seen. Each went on hand and -knee, moving slowly. They were nearly across, when Mace -suddenly stopped and hugged close to the ground. Those -behind followed suit.</p> - -<p>They were not more than ten yards from the edge of the -woods beyond, which was marked by deeper darkness. What -had Mace discovered?</p> - -<p>It was a silent query soon answered. A figure was moving -forward, intent on crossing to the side they had just left. -Evidently the author of the last shot.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p> - -<p>The Indian came on slowly. He was not over-cautious, for -his body was but half bent. Its dim outlines barely perceptible -through the deep gloom, seemed twice the natural size. He -probably had not, as yet, the faintest suspicion that enemies -were so near him.</p> - -<p>He was nearly past the motionless rangers, when suddenly -he stopped. Was it instinct or his keen vision-sense that -caused him to glance around?</p> - -<p>Not the latter, evidently, for soon he moved on.</p> - -<p>He had taken no more than three steps, when he again -stopped and peered aside. He was now but little more than -a yard from the side of Joe Hill. He gazed around for a -moment, and then bent lower down. He meant to know if -the almost imperceptible stir made by Joe Hill was only -fancy.</p> - -<p>The Indian was speedily undeceived. Two long arms -suddenly shot up, clasping his neck and throat like a vice. -No power to cry out; nor to struggle. Two forms rose -quickly, near Joe, and prevented this. The knife of one was -sent to the Indian’s heart. Half a minute later, Hill released -his grasp, and was creeping forward after his companions.</p> - -<p>They were shortly within the edge of the woods. At that -moment three rifles spoke opposite the open space and above -them. As though frightened by the commotion, two distinct -cries of a night-hawk followed close upon the echoes of the -reports.</p> - -<p>“I was right!” whispered Mace. “That volley tells it. -They don’t suspect we’ve crossed the openin’. Come on!”</p> - -<p>“No—here; not that way,” said Revel. “Furder south, -in the direction of the night-hawk’s notes. They were made -by the Injun girl, an’ mean, come. We’ll find it safer in -that direction!”</p> - -<p>And the prediction proved true. As the rangers crept in -the direction indicated, their practiced ears heard stealthy footsteps -a few rods away, approaching the open space they had -just left.</p> - -<p>Acting on the supposition that the way was clear before -them, they ventured on more haste. Twenty minutes passed, -and they were far from the scene of their late struggle. And -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span>all the while Will Revel was looking for some sign of Moorooine’s -presence. The section of forest they were now in was -not very dense, and the stars overhead afforded a faint light -around them.</p> - -<p>“We’re less ’n a mile from the lake,” said Mace, halting. -“Scarred Eagle must ’a’ heerd the shots, an’ orter be clus by -ef he landed anywhar opposite us. I’ll venture on a signal, -anyhow.”</p> - -<p>But another signal was given before him—that of the Indian -girl, meaning “beware!” She was evidently at some -point between them and the opening they had left. Were -the Indians following them toward the lake?</p> - -<p>A few moments of strict silence convinced them of this. -Savages at the right, left, and not a hundred yards behind -them.</p> - -<p>Their predicament was hardly less dangerous than half an -hour previous. They were further from their foes, but the -latter had them within an arc, with the lake-shore for a base.</p> - -<p>To get out of this was the point. They began a hurried -consultation; but it was quickly brought to an end. Behind -them, and on either flank the Indians were approaching rapidly. -That the latter were aware of their position, was evident from -their bold movements.</p> - -<p>The rangers glided directly forward, from tree to tree. -Presently the ball was opened by the discharge of several -rifles behind them. A bullet grazed the arm of Ben Mace, -the others were untouched. Then came a chorus of fierce, -loud yells, enough to curdle the blood; but not of these men, -who were now on a full run.</p> - -<p>They knew ten minutes would bring them into the denser -portion of forest, skirting the lake. Once there, a better chance -would open for concealing themselves or stealing past their -enemies.</p> - -<p>“Spread out!” said Mace. “Thar’ll be less chance o’ bein’ -hit.”</p> - -<p>“Let us turn on dthe domd apes,” cried Tim Devine, as -a bullet grazed his shoulder. “Dthey be on us in a minnit.”</p> - -<p>“No; r-r-r-r-<em>run</em>, durn ye!” blurted Hill.</p> - -<p>A peculiar whistle at this moment rung out at quite a distance -ahead. All knew it was that of Scarred Eagle, and -pressed on for life.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span></p> - -<p>Three minutes later.</p> - -<p>“I—say—Mace, what d’ye think of—”</p> - -<p>“Yis; down for a second and turn on ’em. Don’t waste -lead!”</p> - -<p>A number of Indians converging from the right were -hardly thirty yards distant. Three or four of them had just -fired, and a hasty glance behind showed them coming on in -something of a cluster.</p> - -<p>The pursued rangers suddenly stopped, dropped on foot and -knee, and poured a volley into their pursuers. Then, amidst -the echoes of yells and groans, they sprung onward again, like -lightning. But the check they had given in one quarter was -more than balanced by loss of time and the proximity of their -enemies coming directly behind.</p> - -<p>“Every man for himself, an’ devil take the hindmost!” -The action of the borderers was in keeping with this old saying, -at least. Knife in one hand, rifle in the other, they sped -on, intent on penetrating the deeper lines of darkness -ahead.</p> - -<p>The Indians were fearfully near. The foremost were hardly -thirty feet behind when a hatchet whizzed, striking Tim’s rifle -and whirling him half round. He was barely in time to recover -his balance and club his rifle.</p> - -<p>“Take dthat! Och, here’s for betthur nor worse, thin!”</p> - -<p>He had laid one of his assailants low, and the next instant -was grasped by another. By great good-fortune he knifed -this one, who in convulsive agony bore him to the ground. At -the moment two rifles rung out and two savages fell headlong, -rolling over both.</p> - -<p>With desperate quickness, the Irishman sprung up in time -to see one or two men vanish before him. He sprung after -them, not certain whether they were friends or foes.</p> - -<p>The matter was soon determined. A dozen bounds brought -him to a natural barricade of prostrate tree-trunks, over which -he tumbled in his excitement, his heels coming in contact with -the head and shoulders of a man.</p> - -<p>“Gi-gi-git—oh, cuss ye!” muttered Hill.</p> - -<p>“Hish!” said a voice. “Crunch down hyur all on ye, an’ -not stir onless—”</p> - -<p>The voice was that of Scarred Eagle. He had not a chance<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span> -to finish the sentence, for a dark body of savages were rushing -on, not ten yards away. He himself dashed away with -Goodbrand, leaving the men crouched under the fallen timber.</p> - -<p>Every one of them understood Scarred Eagle’s object. His -plan was the bold one of trying to draw the entire <i lang="la" xml:lang="la">posse</i> of -Indians past them, running the risk of escaping himself afterward. -And, indeed, the bounds of himself and Goodbrand, -as they sped away, were enough to convince the pursuers that -all their victims were yet running. But to make the deception -more perfect, a loud, excited voice cried:</p> - -<p>“Now—to the lake-shore for y’ur lives!”</p> - -<p>The next moment a number of savages rushed past, on -either side of the concealed men, and four or five sprung directly -over them. One of these, unfortunately for himself, -slipped and fell beside them. But the incident was unheeded -by his companions, and before they were a dozen bounds -away, the hand of Ben Mace stilled the savage forever.</p> - -<p>Then every man reloaded as quickly as it was possible to -do in the gloom.</p> - -<p>“What d’ye think, Mace?” whispered Revel.</p> - -<p>“We might ’s well skim back an’ git ter the bivouac ef -we kin. The woods ’pears ter be full on ’em, cuss ’em!”</p> - -<p>“Just what I think. Less you an’ me an’ Dan, try to find -poor Hank an’ the rest, an’ make stret back.”</p> - -<p>“An’ laive Scarred Aigle is it?” said Tim. “Divil blow -yees, pwhat wan of ye—”</p> - -<p>“Oh, <em>shet</em> up!” ejaculated Hill. “Him an’ Goodbrand ’ll -uther dodge ’em or take th-th-the <em>boat</em>; blast ye, come on!”</p> - -<p>They moved quickly and stealthily back on the course. -There was no danger of their being heard, for the commotion -made by the outwitted savages came every moment to their -ears.</p> - -<p>But they had not proceeded very far when the noise and -commotion ceased. Mace paused and glanced back anxiously.</p> - -<p>“Mebbe the murderin’ skunks begin ter suspict what’s happined,” -he said. “Must be Rhodan an’ Goodbrand ’ll uther -git back this way, ur take to thar canoe. But ef I thought—”</p> - -<p>He suddenly ceased speaking and listened intently. A -thrill war-whoop echoed through the woods in the direction<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span> -of the baffled Indians. It was succeeded by a chorus of fierce -shouts.</p> - -<p>“One or both on’ ’em’s took!” exclaimed Mace, excitedly. -“’Twas the price fur snatchin’ us frum death, an’ I fur one -’ll go back ag’in’ all odds!”</p> - -<p>“Good, me hairty!” exclaimed the impulsive Irishman. -“Tim Devine ’ud foller yees ef ’twas to dthe mouth of purgatory -itself. Thrue as me father was a docthur!”</p> - -<p>Ere the generous Celt had concluded, all of them had -started. Each knew it might be his last tramp on earth. -But not one of them would have hesitated even before more -certain perils. And they hoped that Scarred Eagle might yet -escape.</p> - -<p>As they were hurrying on, a dark figure appeared suddenly -before them.</p> - -<p>“No go yit—wait,” said a low voice.</p> - -<p>It was the Indian girl, Moorooine. And as she spoke the -rangers were around her.</p> - -<p>“What!” said Revel. “Do you know what has happened?”</p> - -<p>“She kain’t do no good—come on,” exclaimed Mace. “We -orter know what that war-whoop meant.”</p> - -<p>“’Twas Miami whoop—but friendly one,” persisted the -girl. “Warkechin. Know him. Called Goodbrand.”</p> - -<p>Mace paused. “How d’ye know?” he said. “An’ yit—”</p> - -<p>“I b’lieve it!” said Hicks and Revel, in a breath. “Ye -know it mout be, Ben,” continued the latter. “The Miami -is workin’ for Rhodan’s safety an’ his own.”</p> - -<p>“Yes; tryin’ save <em>both</em>,” said Moorooine. “Now you -know <em>that</em>—go on, help.”</p> - -<p>She herself led the way, keeping in view before them for -a few seconds, and then disappearing altogether. She seemed -to move as noiseless as a bird.</p> - -<p>Again every thing around was silent as a charnel-house. -The rangers, scattered quite a distance apart, soon halted at -a signal from Mace, and came together.</p> - -<p>“Two kin go ahead an’ reconnoiter,” he said. “You an’ -me, Revel. Ef Scarred Eagle is atween us an’ the Injuns -he’ll show himself soon. Ef ’e don’t, we’ll—huh! Thet Injun -girl ag’in, I reckon.”</p> - -<p>It was, indeed, Moorooine, who had turned back to meet them.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span></p> - -<p>“Both comin’—sure!” she said, hurriedly. “Moorooine’s -ears have been open. She heard warriors talk. White Fox -is prisoner at village. Evil Eye know where. Mus’ go there -now, ’fore warriors suspect me. I will try for save White -Fox till his brothers come to help me.”</p> - -<p>Loud, fierce yells suddenly resounded through the dim -aisles of the woods, from the direction of the lake. At the -same moment the bounds of two men were heard close by.</p> - -<p>“Friends most here,” added the girl. And as she dashed -away, Scarred Eagle and Goodbrand sprung forward into -their midst.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.<br /> -<span class="p75">THE GORGE DECOY.</span></h2></div> - - -<p>“<span class="smcap">On</span> to the gorge!” exclaimed Scarred Eagle, hurriedly. -And forthwith, all were gliding back in that direction.</p> - -<p>A few minutes brought them into the denser section of -woods beside the opening. Here they halted and listened, -but heard as yet no sound of pursuit.</p> - -<p>Mace hurriedly explained what had taken place, together -with the fact revealed by the Indian girl, that Brom was a -prisoner.</p> - -<p>“What!” said Scarred Eagle, hoarsely. “The boy took?” -The revelation of Hulet’s treachery and death was as nothing -to this.</p> - -<p>“Thar’s no doubt on’t, Rhodan,” replied Mace. “He -dud ’is arrant at the fort an’ got nabbed in the neighborhood -of the village on his way back.”</p> - -<p>At this moment, Goodbrand, who had remained in the -rear, glided up.</p> - -<p>“Bes’ go!” he whispered. “Comin’ ag’in, an’ more from -village, guess!”</p> - -<p>“You that <em>kin</em>, find the body of poor Hank an’ hide it -from their devilish ways!” said Scarred Eagle.</p> - -<p>This was soon done. The friendly Miami kept somewhat<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span> -in the rear of the rest, who pressed cautiously on toward -the gorge.</p> - -<p>For some time not even a whisper was uttered. A terrible -anxiety filled the heart of Scarred Eagle. All knew the -cause was Brom Vail. But they knew a present attempt to -reach the village and endeavor to release the latter, would -be worse than useless. It would be an extremely dangerous -undertaking under far more favorable circumstances. But -one thought gave a ray of hope, and that was what the Indian -girl had promised. But would she alone be able to -effect Brom’s release?</p> - -<p>They were nearing the retreat when Scarred Eagle suddenly -halted and listened anxiously.</p> - -<p>“Goodbrand orter j’ined us by this time,” he said. “But -thar’s one thing, men. Whatever news he may bring of -the mad devils, we must git close to their camp afore mornin’ -ef the boy’s tu be saved. Mebbe he kain’t be. It’ll be an -oncommon job to undertake, an’ I ask no man tu go that -ain’t parfictly willin’.”</p> - -<p>“’Tain’t a fair way o’ puttin’ it!” said Mace. “Ye’d orter -know thar ain’t a man of us thet won’t stan’ by ye an’ <em>him</em> -till the last!” This resolve was echoed by the rest.</p> - -<p>“I knowed it, men, I knowed it!” said Scarred Eagle, hopefully. -“Our mission as scouts is done, mostly. The major -at the fort’s got his cue, an’ thar’s nothin’ but to wait till -Bradstreet comes up, when a sally kin be made. Ay, here’s -Goodbrand!”</p> - -<p>The latter glided up with the news that quite a reinforcement -had arrived from the direction of the Indian village. -Some of these were seeking out their dead warriors; others -were lurking in the woods near the scene of conflict.</p> - -<p>“No danger come here afore light,” added Goodbrand. -“They keep big watch an’ look for trail in mornin’!”</p> - -<p>“Afore then, we’ll make indivors to help a boy that’s never -flinched a duty on account of danger,” said Rhodan. “We’ll -git to the gorge fust, an’ consider our plans.”</p> - -<p>The mouth of this was soon reached. They stole cautiously -up to the bivouac, guided only by sense of touch and -a previous knowledge of the place. The darkness of midnight -reigned. Goodbrand remained a short distance away, as<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span> -sentinel. The rest sought for the victim of Hulet’s treachery; -but for some time the search was vain. At last it was found -and brought into a recess in the cliff where a torch had been -lit. Exclamations of horror burst from the rangers as the -light shone upon the body. It told a fearful story better than -words could have done.</p> - -<p>The victim had been mangled about the head, breast and -arms by some wild beast—a panther, probably. It was well -known this animal never preys upon a <em>dead body</em>! The inference -was horrible! The animal must have hovered near, -and, attracted by the smell of blood, attacked the unfortunate -man while the latter was dying. His rifle was found discharged, -and he had evidently made one desperate effort to -keep the monster at bay!</p> - -<p>The men looked at each other with faces blanched.</p> - -<p>“The curse of every honest man light on the head of the -wretch that caused this!” said Scarred Eagle, breathing hard. -“But—ay, the wretch has gone to his account, an’ ’ll be judged -accordin’ to his deeds. Take the body out, men, an’ place it -where it’ll never be distarbed.”</p> - -<p>They obeyed, with sad and gloomy feelings. The body -was placed in one of the nooks with which the sides of the -cliff abounded. This being securely closed, the midnight burial -was over.</p> - -<p>The rangers stood consulting with their leader, when suddenly -Goodbrand came in.</p> - -<p>“They comin’—<em>find</em>!” he said, excitedly. “We bes’ go -quick, ’fore surround!”</p> - -<p>They immediately glided out and passed down to the mouth -of the gorge. Then, turning to the right, they struck into a -narrow by-path leading to the rear of the high cliffs.</p> - -<p>“Now, Goodbrand,” said Scarred Eagle, pausing, “tell us -the lay o’ the denger that we may use our wits to the purpus.”</p> - -<p>“This right way!” was the other’s whispered reply. “They -comin’ from way we came. Very slow come, so’s take sure.”</p> - -<p>“Hish!” interrupted Scarred Eagle. “<em>We’re surrounded -now!</em> Drop close, every man, an’ not stir for your -lives!”</p> - -<p>As he gave this order, he glided from their midst directly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span> -back toward the gorge. Perhaps not more than two of the -men imagined his object. But not one of them moved or -even whispered.</p> - -<p>Hardly a minute passed before he was again beside them. -Meantime they had heard abundant evidence that the gorge -retreat was indeed surrounded, though not closely.</p> - -<p>“The bloody-minded whelps ar’ drawin’ the circle closer,” -said Scarred Eagle. “They’ll see a torch prisently, which -I’ve took good care to fix in the rocks. It’s a great p’int that -they think they ain’t suspected here. The light’ll burn out -afore half an hour. When it does, they’ll think it’s snatched -away by our hands. They won’t dare to enter the gorge afore -light, thinkin’ their enemy is prepared. But they’ll watch -about here till then. Ef we k’n git clear ’ithout a tussle, our -chance at the village ’ll be all that a reasonable man orter expect. -Ye see how much depends.”</p> - -<p>A moment later the men were stealing forward, each one -by himself. Not a dry leaf rustled under a hand or knee; -not a bush was caused to vibrate; even their breaths were -drawn slowly as their bodies were. The least accident would -prove fatal, and all realized it.</p> - -<p>Twenty minutes passed, as time is counted; but, to each of -the men, it seemed an hour. Then they found themselves -together near a brook whose waters caught the glimmer of -the starlight. And as yet they had not moved more than -fifty yards. At this moment several Indian signals were heard. -As by magic the rangers, who had partly risen, sunk to the -ground.</p> - -<p>It was well they did so in time. Between them and the -space along the banks of the brook, several figures glided by -and disappeared in the gloom above. One passed so near, they -might have touched him.</p> - -<p>They did not venture to move again for several minutes. -Scarred Eagle was the first to set the example—all following -him silently. They had gone but a short distance further -when a chorus of triumphant signal-shouts came from the -vicinity of the gorge.</p> - -<p>“That tells it,” said Scarred Eagle, pausing. “The skunks -think they’ve got us caged, an’ now we must work fast. Ar’ -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span>ye sure ye killed the tretor, Mace?”</p> - -<p>The sudden question made the men glance into each other’s -faces in surprise.</p> - -<p>“The blow I gin ’im orter done it,” answered Mace, with -a savage imprecation. “I didn’t hev any time ter look -close.”</p> - -<p>“I’m ’fear’d ye didn’t,” said the veteran scout. “Least -wise, he must ’a’ lived long enough ter told some on ’em whar -our bivouac was. But, thar’s no time ter talk of that, <em>now</em>. -We must siperate. ’Tain’t more’n half a mile to the p’int of -shore where the canoe’s hid. You, Goodbrand, take Hill and -Revel with ye, an’ bring the canoe ter the place ye know of -nigh the village. Me an’ Mace’ll go stret through an’ git thar -long enough afore ye to see what’s to be done. Hicks an’ -Tim’ll stay behind an—”</p> - -<p>“Divil a fut behint!” interrupted the Irishman, stoutly. -“No, be gobs! Phat’ll I stay behint for? I’ll take me share -in the worst as well as the best, so!”</p> - -<p>“Ef by the wust ye mean <em>denger</em>, ye’ll find enough o’ that, -both on ye,” said Scarred Eagle. “This hyur neighboorhood -’ll be thoroughly s’arched by mornin’. Ef, in the course of two -hours after the rest are gone, you an’ Hicks sh’u’d be convinced -these devils war goin’ <em>back</em> toward the village, it’ll be y’ur part -ter draw ’em back, so’s to give us a better chance to work for -the boy.”</p> - -<p>“A chance, is it? Pwhat c’u’d the two of us alone -do?”</p> - -<p>“I needn’t say thar’s no time to lose, Tim,” said the other, -“an’ I trust ye won’t hender us.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll <em>sthay</em>,” said Tim, spitefully. “Ownly—look now: -suppose yees all git in dthe lurch! S’posin’ yees all fail! -<em>Dthat’s</em> it—how are we to know?”</p> - -<p>“By comin’ to a place that I’ve told Hicks of,” said Scarred -Eagle. “We’ll have the boy out o’ thar clutches afore three -hours, I hope. Keep a sharp look-out about here. Ef ye -should ondertake to draw ’em after ye, take good care ye -don’t git nabbed y’urselves. You’ll find y’ur task dengerous -enough.”</p> - -<p>Goodbrand and his two companions glided away in the -gloom toward the point of shore where lay the hidden canoe. -Scarred Eagle and Mace stood a few moments listening, till<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span> -sure that Hicks and the Irishman were well off toward a spot -where they had been directed to take a position to wait and -watch. Then they themselves started on their perilous mission -to the Indian village.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.<br /> -<span class="p75">BEAUTY IN BONDS.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Indian village was about six miles distant, and stood -on a high bluff overlooking the Detroit river. A jut from -the rocky bluff extended some fifty feet into the stream at this -point. At the angle thus formed was a gloomy subterranean -passage, through which the water flowed with a sullen roar. -Far within, the channel made an abrupt turn, gliding past a -recess in the rocks large enough to contain a dozen men. -Thence was a devious, rough passage communicating with -the shore.</p> - -<p>This was Goodbrand’s destination with the canoe and men. -Once within, they could watch the village, and be able to -penetrate to its very center at short notice.</p> - -<p>The Indians did not know of this subterranean chamber, -and of the subterranean passage they held a tradition that it -was the abode of an evil spirit, and never entered it. This -fact was well known to several rangers who had explored the -passage, and now its existence seemed most favorable to their -undertaking.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle and Mace pressed forward as fast as possible. -They hoped to reach the village and by some stratagem release -Brom Vail before daylight. The chance seemed favorable. -Many of the warriors were absent at the siege of the -fort, and of those not so employed, they had reason to believe -a good portion were at that moment hovering about the -gorge.</p> - -<p>The two men were more than two-thirds of the distance -to the Indian village, when suddenly Scarred Eagle, who was -in advance, put back his hand and came to a dead halt.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span></p> - -<p>“What is it?” whispered Ben Mace.</p> - -<p>The other did not answer at once. With his body bent -forward he was listening intently; and now, through the -gloomy, solemn aisles, Mace detects sounds telling that lurkers -are ahead.</p> - -<p>“Kin it be thet some o’ the reds have come in another direction -from the gorge? If so—”</p> - -<p>“No, Mace, ’tain’t it. I don’t b’lieve I’m deceived in -thinkin’ these ahead is them that ar’ takin’ the dead an’ wounded -to the village. They hev ter move slow, an’ that’s why -we’ve overtook ’em.”</p> - -<p>“What’s ter be done? Ef we wait ter foller ’em—”</p> - -<p>He was interrupted by Rhodan’s grasping his arm, and for -a moment or two they almost held their breaths. Both entertained -the same suspicions now, and were waiting to see -if these would be verified.</p> - -<p>They did not remain long in doubt. The fact that the -party ahead had begun to move on again, making considerable -noise, did not deceive the scouts. They were almost -sure some of the party had turned back, evidently suspicious -of being followed.</p> - -<p>It was easy for the rangers to evade these. But they wished -to do more. The evident suspicion in the mind of the Indians, -that a white foe had been secretly dogging their steps, -must be dispelled; otherwise an attempt to enter the village -unperceived, would be worse than useless.</p> - -<p>“They’ve heerd sunthin’ thet makes ’em suspicious,” said -Scarred Eagle. “They must go on, satisfied ’twas a panther -on thar tracks scentin’ the blood of the wounded warriors. -Come in here, where the darkness is thicker.”</p> - -<p>They moved to the left, keeping a yard or two apart, and -taking steps which might indeed be mistaken for those of -the animal named. Under a dense foliage they halted, and -then a purring sound broke out through the stillness. As the -slight echoes ceased, an almost imperceptible stir was heard -not far ahead; but this as suddenly ceased, and all became -silent again. It was evident the fellow had not entirely taken -the bait.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle and Mace now dropped upon all-fours and -stole forward, imitating the stealthy advance of a panther.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span></p> - -<p>Suddenly the silence was again broken by a cry that caused -startling echoes around. These had scarcely died away when -the sound of feet was heard retreating rapidly toward the Indian -camp. The ruse had succeeded.</p> - -<p>“What now, Rhodan?” said Mace, as they rose.</p> - -<p>“Foller ’em up,” was the brief reply.</p> - -<p>“We mout flank past ’em.”</p> - -<p>“’Twould be no use. We’d lose as much as we’d gain.”</p> - -<p>“’Tain’t an hour to daylight now.”</p> - -<p>“I know; but ’twon’t do to resk diskivery yit!” said -Scarred Eagle, with a tremor in his voice. “We must fust -git into camp, an’ try to find where Brom, ef he’s alive, is -confined. Then—’ll come the resk.”</p> - -<p>“Goodbrand an’ the rest must be at the jut afore this.”</p> - -<p>“They won’t move ’ithout a good reason till they hear -something of us. Not till the last minnit must we signal an -attack—not till t’other plan fails.”</p> - -<p>The two were stealing forward again, keeping as near to -the retreating Indians as possible without danger of discovery.</p> - -<p>“Thar’ll be a powwow when these ’uns git in with thar -burdens,” said Mace. “It’ll rouse the hull nest.”</p> - -<p>“It’ll be the more in our favor,” said the other. “We -must keep a sharp watch for the Indian girl.”</p> - -<p>In a few minutes they noticed that it began to be lighter -ahead, and they were very near the open bluff on which stood -the village. Pushing forward, they soon saw the Indians before -them, as the latter emerged upon the bluff. As these disappeared, -the trailers pressed on; the more hastily, as a sound -began to break on their ears, denoting some unusual commotion -in the village.</p> - -<p>A moment or two later, and they were peering into the -camp. The inmates were not only astir, but seemed greatly -excited. It was not all caused by the approach of those -bearing the dead and wounded, for even as the scouts looked, -these last were discovered and greeted with howls of sorrow.</p> - -<p>“What kin it mean, Scarred Eagle?”</p> - -<p>“Let’s git nearer and see. Thar’s a good chance now.”</p> - -<p>They began to glide forward, on hand and knee, directing -their course so as to gain the rear of a row of rude huts.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span> -Meantime, the excitement among the warriors seemed to increase, -and yells, fierce and angry, were mingled with the cries -of grief. The two men were about twenty yards from the -edge of the woods, when they raised partly up beside a stump, -and obtained a better view of the excited throng. To their -surprise, they saw that not less than fifty warriors were present, -nearly a score of whom were clustered upon the bank -of the river, just above the angle formed by the jut.</p> - -<p>“Thar!” exclaimed Mace. “The story’s told. Thar’s -more o’ the hellions here than we thought, an’ the wust on’t -is they’ve suspicted Goodbrand’s party, an’ ar’ watchin’ the -rocks!”</p> - -<p>“I see!” said Scarred Eagle, uneasily. “It’s an unfortunit -thing for all. But, I’ll try ter find the boy if my life pays -for the attempt. Seems ter me the Injun gal—ha, look there! -It’s <em>her</em>, as I live!”</p> - -<p>A number of the Indians were hurrying a captive, who -had been in their midst, toward one of the huts. The glow -of starlight over the open bluff enabled the lurking men to -identify the captive as Moorooine. They knew her by occasionally -hearing her name pronounced, coupled with angry -maledictions. She was bound hand and foot, and thrust -into one of the huts, as though she had been a brute.</p> - -<p>“The brave gal’s been catched in tryin’ to do sunthin’ for -Brom,” said Rhodan. “<em>He’s</em> in one o’ the huts above, where -they’ve put her in, likely. I judge so, ’cos two o’ the imps -seem ter be watchin’ it close. No doubt the boy’s well tied; -but since his release hez been ondertook, they mean ter make -sure on ’im. Thar’s one apiece for us to work for, now, Ben -Mace, an’ no hope thet any o’ the rest ’ll git a chance ter help -us. Be ye ready?”</p> - -<p>“Lead on!”</p> - -<p>They again crept forward, and soon found themselves in -the rear of the line of huts. They could hear the tread of -feet, and the jabber of excited voices, all making a confusion -most favorable to their purpose. Not ten feet lay between -them and the hut into which had been thrust the Indian girl, -when an Indian was dimly seen, coming from the opposite -space toward them.</p> - -<p>They lay as close to the ground as possible. The savage<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span> -came on, and the concealed men saw that another followed. -Both halted so near, that they might not only have touched -the lurking whites, but have <em>seen</em> them by a chance look-down. -One lightning glance on the part of the scouts, revealed the -odious face of the wretch, Hulet!</p> - -<p>“Now, speak,” said the Indian to the renegade. “What -has Sly Hate to say that he has not said?”</p> - -<p>“This, Heavy Sleep,” replied the other, speaking so as to -be heard above the confusion around. “The waters are deep -where they pass under the rocks. The roar makes your -people afraid.”</p> - -<p>“Ugh!” muttered Heavy Sleep, shaking his head. “A bad -Manitou keeps council there. What mean?”</p> - -<p>“I know a secret about the place, which I learnt from our -white enemies by stealth. I will tell you what it is, and then—ha, -what, ho!”</p> - -<p>By accident the wretch cast his eye down, and noted a dark -crouching figure. The next moment it sprung up like lightning, -and a knife was buried to the hilt in Hulet’s breast! -Heavy Sleep, with a ringing yell, sprung upon Mace, who met -him with the same bloody weapon which had sent the renegade -to death. The Indian avoided the thrust, however; but -before he could seize his adversary, the hatchet of Scarred -Eagle crashed through his brain!</p> - -<p>“Come!” cried Mace, hoarsely, and he had just turned to -flee, as a bevy of Indians burst through between the huts, who, -uttering their alarm-cries, sprung after him. In an instant -pursued and pursuers were off like the wind.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle had hesitated a moment too long. Notwithstanding -the danger, he could not bring himself to flee. A -sudden wild hope, that the confusion might enable him to yet -rescue his boy, determined him. And just before the aroused -warriors darted from the front in pursuit of Mace, he threw -himself flat to the ground close beside the hut.</p> - -<p>The excitement and alarm that now prevailed may be -imagined. Half a dozen times, in as many seconds, Scarred -Eagle was upon the point of springing up, as he imagined he -was discovered. Some of the reds, not in pursuit of Mace, -almost trod upon him, as they huddled around the bodies of -Heavy Sleep and Hulet. In a few moments the victims were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span> -carried around to the front, and, watching his opportunity -Scarred Eagle nestled more closely to the rear side of the -hut. Then, hastily making an aperture, he peered in, and -saw the captive Indian girl tightly bound and alone. Something -more than a desire to communicate with her caused -him to squeeze under the rude tent-cloth and enter. There -was a pile of skins in the nearest corner, under which he -might secrete himself, and he lost no time in doing so.</p> - -<p>The rush of feet from the river convinced him how narrow -had been his escape thus far. The spot where the victims -had fallen was again crowded, amid a perfect tornado of -howls and imprecations. Seeing there were no warriors -about the door, he spoke to the Indian girl, who seemed unaware -of his presence. His voice reached her, and with a -painful effort she raised her head and recognized him.</p> - -<p>“White Fox got away, but drown in river,” she said, faintly. -“Me no care for to live now! Hide down quick—some -comin’.”</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle crouched under the skins, keeping his weapons -ready. His quick mind had its own theory in regard to -Brom’s death. Some of the terribly-enraged warriors, evidently -well aware of some part taken by the girl in regard -to Brom, came forward, their eyes glaring like a hyena’s. But -at this moment three ringing rifle-reports came from the forest -causing them to rush out tumultuously.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.<br /> -<span class="p75">THE HEART OF LOVE.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">To</span> understand Moorooine’s situation, it is necessary that -we briefly trace her movements after leaving the side of the -rangers in the forest.</p> - -<p>She had experienced much difficulty in getting clear of the -circle of warriors without discovery. The latter had dispatched -two of their swiftest runners for reinforcements, and -these had begun to arrive. Knowing that a knowledge of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span> -her presence would arouse suspicions, she had been obliged -to remain concealed a long time. And when, at last, she -made good her retreat toward the village, she little dreamed -that two persons who knew of her movements and intentions -had gone to intercept her.</p> - -<p>One of these was the wretch Hulet. The blow of Mace -had stunned him only, and when the closely-pressed rangers -dashed back to cover, he managed to creep away, and soon -communicated with a warrior, and disclosed all he knew. -And half an hour later, the warrior was going with him toward -the village, after informing another where the bivouac -of the rangers was situated. But concerning Moorooine the -fellow kept silent.</p> - -<p>The two reached the village but a short time before the -Indian girl. The latter found that a number of warriors had -come in from the siege of the fort, and that the whole camp -was in commotion over the news brought by the runners.</p> - -<p>Knowing of the reinforcements sent to hunt down the -rangers, she felt that no aid would come from them. The task -of releasing Brom was to devolve upon her alone. She well -knew what the consequences of failure or even of <em>success</em> -might be. But she did not shrink.</p> - -<p>It took her some time to find the bark lodge where Brom -was confined. The next thing was to ascertain if he were -alone, and if not, to devise some stratagem to get rid of his -guard.</p> - -<p>To her joy she found that the prisoner was alone. To -make an opening in the rear of his prison-hut and creep inside, -was the work of a moment.</p> - -<p>An idea of her extreme caution and skill may be formed -from the fact, that as yet the two plotters watching for her -appearance were not aware of her return.</p> - -<p>No sooner had she entered the hut, than she closed the -aperture and crept toward White Fox, who was sitting upright. -He heard and suspected her. He had in fact hoped -to receive her aid, and had rightly supposed she was not ignorant -of his situation. The thought that she was near caused -the blood to course through his veins like wildfire. But -suddenly, a warrior appeared in the door, and Moorooine -sunk behind the one she loved, as noiseless as a shadow!</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span></p> - -<p>The warrior stood a moment, and then entered, peering -around the gloomy interior. Pausing before the prisoner, -he assured himself that the latter’s wrists and ankles were -well secured and then passed out again among the excited -throng.</p> - -<p>The moment he disappeared, Moorooine glided beside the -aroused ranger and quickly severed the thongs about his wrists.</p> - -<p>“Don’t stir till I tell you!” she whispered. “Me go out -first an’ find best way to git off an’ cheat warriors.”</p> - -<p>“God bless ye, my own sweet Wild Flower,” said the -young man, fervently, as he pressed her heaving bosom -against his own, and his lips to hers. “You risk your life -for mine.”</p> - -<p>“Mustn’t—no time now,” she said, releasing herself. “Put -hands together again as before; use this knife to loose feet -when time come.”</p> - -<p>He obeyed her instantly. The noise outside precluded their -being heard. They might be seen, though the guard having -just passed out after looking at the prisoner, it was not probable -he would soon return. But both kept a sharp watch as -they talked.</p> - -<p>“If I escape, you go with me,” said Brom.</p> - -<p>“Yes; go help you clear.”</p> - -<p>“You must go with me for <em>good</em>, Moorooine. I want you -always. You shall be my wife.”</p> - -<p>“Talk of that when more time,” she said. “Go with you -<em>now</em> first. Have to for always, s’pose, or else warriors kill -me.”</p> - -<p>“Be very careful. If you should be found out, they’d kill -you. That would make my life bitter. You must not die for -me.”</p> - -<p>“Would <em>willin’</em> if need,” she said, as she pressed his hand. -“There—now must go, hurry. Be back very quick!”</p> - -<p>She noiselessly crept through the aperture and closed it. -Then, with great caution, she glided forward, and passed behind -a huge bowlder, from which a path led down a declivity to -the river. She darted down the path, and in five minutes returned. -Her own canoe was in its accustomed place, and between -the rows of lodges yet came the sounds of engrossing -discussion. The moment had come.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span></p> - -<p>With beating heart she approached the prison-hut. But -two figures hovering near rose and barred her way. They were -those of Hulet and the savage before mentioned! A feeling -of the bitterest disappointment and dread filled her soul as she -recognized Sly Hate, whom till now she thought killed. But -she quailed not.</p> - -<p>“Come this way,” said the Indian, who was called Heavy -Sleep. The girl could but obey, and the trio moved further -aside.</p> - -<p>“Listen!” said Heavy Sleep, as they halted. “Sporting -Fawn has been much in woods to-night to warn our enemies, -who have killed many warriors. Sly Hate has seen you, so -there is no chance to tell lies, if you would. None of the -warriors know this yet but Heavy Sleep. If they should find -out, then what?”</p> - -<p>“Then I would be killed,” she answered, while a shudder -passed over her. She knew the object of Heavy Sleep. -He had long sought her hand, but in vain. He was accounted -a cruel monster, even among his own tribe; capable of committing -any atrocity to gratify revenge. Many hated him, -while fearing his malice. And now he held the girl’s life in -his hand, and well she knew the price he would ask for it. -The thought of this was what made her shudder.</p> - -<p>“Yes, be killed <em>hard</em>!” he said. “But, I will save you if -you will be my squaw. None of the warriors shall ever know -of what you have done to-night. Be my squaw and <em>live</em>. -Speak!”</p> - -<p>“And if I say no?”</p> - -<p>“Then I shall take you into the midst of the warriors yonder, -and Sly Hate will tell his story,” replied Heavy Sleep, -grasping her arm.</p> - -<p>“Hearken, Heavy Sleep!” she said. “It is true that I have -been in the woods; but it was to save blood, not to spill it. -Many times, as you know, I have risked the favor of my people -by urging them to live at peace with the whites.”</p> - -<p>The savage clutched her arm more tightly and said:</p> - -<p>“No need to say that again. We all know it. You love pale -faces. That is enough to make you die! I and Sly Hate -have watched you. You are even now going to find White -Fox so as to get him away. But you never try. Which will<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span> -you do? Be my squaw, or burn at the stake with the whole -tribe mocking and hating your memory? Which?”</p> - -<p>The girl could not repress a shudder, which the savage noticed. -It was a terrible choice. But, her wits did not forsake -her. She saw that Heavy Sleep and his ally had just come -up, and did not know she already had communicated with -White Fox.</p> - -<p>“Move aside and give me time to think alone!” she replied, -as she drew her arm away, and looked upward at the stars. -“I am much afraid you would hate me after a while, Heavy -Sleep. You would get tired of me, and then give me up to -the vengeance of the tribe.”</p> - -<p>“No!” replied the Indian, with a degree less of harshness -in his tone. “Heavy Sleep would keep his word. Give you -a little time; but think <em>fast</em>. We shall be watching you.”</p> - -<p>He passed a few yards away with Hulet. The girl’s -thoughts came and went like lightning. Heavy Sleep evidently -believed she would consent, with such a fearful alternative -before her. But she was fully resolved to attempt the -release of Brom, if she died for it. While trying to devise -some desperate expedient, a drift of clouds suddenly shut out -the starlight, and she knew that, for a moment, her body -would hardly be seen. She glided straight forward, as though -to pass between the two nearest huts. But, instead of doing -so, she suddenly turned and darted to the left; and by the -time her two watchers had discovered her <em>ruse</em>, she was in the -prison-hut beside Brom.</p> - -<p>“It’s the last chance—<em>run</em>!” she exclaimed, in a wild -whisper.</p> - -<p>The young ranger had no time to question her, or even to -think. Steps were heard close to the aperture where the girl -had just entered. The moment she spoke, Brom cut the -thongs about his ankles, and sprung up to encounter the guard, -who had heard a noise and rushed to the door. A blow from -Brom knocked the fellow prostrate, and, before the throng -outside were well aware of it, a figure darted clear of their -circle and ran like a deer toward the woods!</p> - -<p>The air was rent with fierce yells as the crowd broke and -pursued. Brom saw that he could not reach the woods in -time to get clear. Within ten feet of the bluff he turned, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span> -with one bound leaped into the deep, swift current, not twenty -feet above the mouth of the subterranean passage!</p> - -<p>As he disappeared in the water, an excited crowd appeared -on the bank, astonished into momentary silence by the act. -And when the moments passed, and no form broke the waters, -none doubted that the prisoner had been swept into the -subterranean passage, a victim to the evil spirit presiding -there.</p> - -<p>The Indian girl attempted to escape with Brom; but Heavy -Sleep, as implacable as death, gave no thought then but to -her capture. She, indeed, sprung clear of the lodge, and as -Brom fled, with the crowd after him, she started in the same -direction with the pursuers. As she suddenly darted aside -from these, Heavy Sleep spied her, and, throwing his hatchet -struck her senseless to the ground.</p> - -<p>These scenes took place only a few minutes before Scarred -Eagle and Mace came within view of the camp. Of what -followed, the reader is already aware.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.<br /> -<span class="p75">A BLOODY TROPHY.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Scarred Eagle</span> well knew whence the shots came. The -moment the Indians rushed from the lodge he glided from beneath -the pile of skins, and quickly freed the limbs of -Moorooine.</p> - -<p>“Courage, girl,” he whispered. “I b’l’eve Brom’s saved. -We must git out o’ this afore they come back!”</p> - -<p>As he spoke he sprung from her side, and peering out -saw the Indians yet rushing pell-mell toward the high bank -of the river.</p> - -<p>“Now’s our time—come!” he added, turning to the Indian -girl.</p> - -<p>She had started to her feet, filled with a new strength at -the thought that Brom was saved and her own escape probable. -But as Rhodan was about to glide out he caught a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span> -glimpse of a figure moving up from the left of the entrance. -There was no time to ensconce himself under the pile of skins. -Instead, he crouched close to the side of the lodge, and -Moorooine sunk back to her former attitude.</p> - -<p>They had barely time to do this when a savage entered -hastily and stood beside the girl.</p> - -<p>“Sporting Fawn too young to die,” he said. “If come to -my lodge an’ be my squaw, take ’er dar now in canoe. Mus’ -come quick!”</p> - -<p>As he spoke he drew his knife, and bent low to cut her -bonds. The sudden discovery that these were no longer -upon her caused the fellow to straighten up in astonishment. -He had no time to question her or even to glance -around. A quick, powerful blow from behind laid him senseless. -Moorooine again sprung to her feet, and the next moment -was gliding across to the opposite row of huts after Scarred -Eagle. The moment they were behind these they turned toward -the north. But they had not gone more than twenty -yards when, amid the general noise of alarm, they heard the -ringing cry of the warrior whom they had just evaded.</p> - -<p>It was lucky for them the fellow raised the cry, for it was -answered by others whom in a moment more the fugitives -would have met.</p> - -<p>At the moment they were near a large square hut, and having -no time to do better, crouched close beside it.</p> - -<p>The Indians rushed past them, and were for a moment hid -from view by an intervening lodge. The cry had recalled others -from the vicinity of the subterranean passage, and these were -heard rushing up.</p> - -<p>“Must git in here if can—quick!” whispered the girl.</p> - -<p>It was a desperate attempt; but more dangerous to remain -still or attempt to run further. They crept rapidly forward, -and at a moment when the backs of the startled Indians were -toward them, darted inside.</p> - -<p>“This council-house,” said the girl. “Mebbe not look here -soon. Best hide up there!”</p> - -<p>She hurriedly pointed overhead to rude beams laid across -from side to side. Half the space was floored with small -rough logs. The cabin had evidently been reared by some -French trapper. With a lightning movement Scarred Eagle<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span> -lifted her up, almost as soon as the suggestion was made, and -as she obtained a footing he sprung up after her.</p> - -<p>For the time they were safe. Words can give no idea of the -excitement and confusion that now prevailed. It was frenzied. -The last fifteen minutes had marked the death of Heavy Sleep -and the renegade, the escape of Mace, the occurrence of the -shots; and as a climax, some other deadly, unseen foe had -snatched one from captivity on whom the savages had calculated -to execute a terrible vengeance! No wonder these -events, so rapidly succeeding each other, made them crazy -with alarm and confusion.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle and Moorooine lost not a second in moving -close to the eaves of the roof and stretching themselves at -length.</p> - -<p>They heard the baffled savages darting around the outside -of the cabin. Some of them entered it, but were evidently -satisfied with the fact that no one was below, without thinking -to look aloft. Others ran rapidly to the north, east and -west, beating every spot that might for a moment conceal a -fugitive.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle was able to judge very nearly of the disposition -of his enemies. He knew that at least half a dozen were -after Mace. He little feared for the latter; but ever since the -shots came, he feared that those at the retreat had unwittingly -led the savages to suspect their hiding-place. In that case the -capture of all would be only a question of time.</p> - -<p>He realized the precarious situation of himself and the -Indian girl: at any moment they might be discovered. Still -there was a hope—a bare chance that they might remain there -till night came. Pending that time there seemed not the -least possible chance of escape, even should they remain undiscovered.</p> - -<p>In half an hour it was fully light. Meantime, from the -shouts and cries, Rhodan knew the searchers were still at -work. On every side of the village the search had been keen -and simultaneous. How would it end?</p> - -<p>Through a crevice in the logs he managed, at last, to get a -view of the ground near the subterranean passage. It was -not occupied, and the fact cheered him. It was evident that -the savages believed the daring authors of the shots<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span> -had escaped down the banks of the river. Some were still -absent on their trail, leaving the rest to look for the daring -enemy who had liberated the Indian girl.</p> - -<p>These soon returned to the center of the village. There -was about a score of them in all. Their looks showed that -their poor success was operating on their superstitious notions. -Could it be possible they believed their last unknown enemy -had escaped, and that they had given o’er the search?</p> - -<p>This was the question Scarred Eagle asked himself. Moorooine -had softly gained a position at his side, and was listening -to the excited conversation going on but a little distance -away.</p> - -<p>“Good—very good!” she whispered, at length.</p> - -<p>“What is it, gal?” inquired Scarred Eagle, anxiously.</p> - -<p>“The canoe gone!” she answered, drawing a breath of relief.</p> - -<p>“What canoe, Moorooine?”</p> - -<p>“Mine. They s’pose we took an’ escaped!”</p> - -<p>“Is that what they say—ar’ ye sure?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; sure. We safe for more longer anyway. S’pose -white friends safe too—all safe? Why s’pose White Fox -safe?”</p> - -<p>“I judge he is from what you told me an’ from what I -noticed when I crept into the village. You said he got away -but was drowned in the river.”</p> - -<p>“Yes; seen ’im run—jump in, above the dark passage. -Bad place—bad spirit lives there.”</p> - -<p>“That’s one o’ the foolish notions of y’ur people, Moorooine; -but Brom ain’t afraid o’ the place. I’ve gre’t hopes ’twas the -means o’ savin’ him.”</p> - -<p>He briefly explained the nature of the place to her, adding -that he had no doubt the rangers were at that moment concealed -there. She listened with great interest.</p> - -<p>“Good,” she said. “They help us if can, then.”</p> - -<p>“Thar’s jist a hope; but it’s a slim one,” said the scout. -“If they take a notion to s’arch this place we’ll be lost, sartin. -If we kin keep hid till night comes ag’in—eh, what’s -hatchin’ now?”</p> - -<p>They listened, Moorooine keeping her ear close to the -crevice. Suddenly she turned her head and peeped out. She<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span> -recognized the warrior whose proposition to save her an hour -before had been so suddenly interrupted by Scarred Eagle.</p> - -<p>The quick-witted Indian girl understood all at a glance. -The fellow had not told of his own mishap, only that he had -found the girl gone. He well knew she could not have got -far away, and, failing to find her around the village, had a -suspicion she was secreted somewhere within. The missing -canoe did not satisfy him. He was now pointing toward the -council-house, asking if the <em>loft had been searched</em>!</p> - -<p>“No hope now, only for <em>you</em>!” whispered Moorooine, -sadly.</p> - -<p>She rose suddenly to her feet, and had taken one step forward, -when Scarred Eagle, surmising her intent, pulled her -back.</p> - -<p>“No; not yit!” he said. “Ye’ve put y’ur life at stake <em>once</em> -to git the boy safe, an’ you ain’t a-goin’ ter resk it for me, -by throwin’ y’urself into their hands. Git down thar ag’in -quicker!”</p> - -<p>He fairly crowded her into the aperture, between the log-floor -and the roof. Then, with steady agility, he darted past -her, and established himself in a similar attitude. At that -moment three or four Indians entered below, and one of them, -assisted by the rest, seized the beam, and drew himself over it. -The concealed borderer knew that several moments would -elapse before the Indian’s gaze would become used to the gloom -in the loft. Even then, he might not think it worth while to -cross over, and look into the narrow space where they lay concealed.</p> - -<p>But the savage did not wait. Urged by the impatient -queries of those below, he at once stalked forward and glanced -around. He must have seen that no lurkers were upon the -floor, but a mere whim prompted him to advance toward the -further side. A round, white object caught his eye, and as -he bent toward it, something struck him in the forehead and -face, causing him to start back with a howl of pain. He -whirled rapidly, and grasping the beam, began to descend, pursued -by dozens of yellow-jackets, which, not to be partial, -pitched into his companions. In less than a minute, not only -the loft, but the cabin was vacated, except by Scarred Eagle -and the Indian girl. These two, lying quite still, cared<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span> -little for the stings they themselves had received. Long -after the Indians had left the spot, they remained in the same -attitude, not only as a measure of safety, but to allow the -disturbed hornets time to settle.</p> - -<p>In an hour, Scarred Eagle cautiously rose, and Moorooine -followed his example. They had not for a moment failed to -hear sounds outside, coming from those who mourned their -dead, or from those who kept coming in from a fruitless -search.</p> - -<p>“They no come here ag’in,” said the Indian girl, hopefully. -“How do that?”</p> - -<p>“We scouts l’arn to make use of sarcumstances that -other ’uns wouldn’t notice,” replied Rhodan. “That nest was -jest at my head, an’ ’twasn’t much work ter rile the little -chaps. Ay; there comes more!”</p> - -<p>The Indians began to come in fast, from the west and -south. Three hours passed, and little took place in the village -worthy of record. The concealed scout and his companion -began to feel weak from their past terrible exertions. -Hunger and thirst, too, tormented them. But there was nothing -but to wait and watch in suspense. Scarred Eagle began -to fear, and with reason, that those in the cave would be unable -to assist them. Even if there were no new alarms, the -camp would be too vigilant for them to escape that night. -Meantime the warriors, whether successful or unsuccessful, -would all be in, so that it would be madness for the rangers -to attempt his liberation, even if they could know where he -was.</p> - -<p>They would probably suppose he had effected his escape, -and search for him miles away. But he knew Brom would -prosecute the search till death.</p> - -<p>The sun was considerably past the meridian, when, from -their look-out, they saw a number of Indians start up, and -advance toward the forest on the south. A moment later, they -heard sounds denoting an arrival.</p> - -<p>“It’s plain all on ’em ain’t in yit,” whispered Scarred Eagle. -“I don’t know what’s kep’ ’em so long, onless—ay, thar they -come!”</p> - -<p>A dozen or more came into view. They were greeted with -yells of delight by those already in camp, who rushed forward<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span> -to meet them. As they advanced into the center of the camp, -Rhodan noticed they had a prisoner, and soon discovered it -was Tim Devine. A pang of sorrow filled the breast of -Scarred Eagle. He knew the faithful fellow had been taken, -while endeavoring to draw the Indians off. His arms were -closely pinioned behind, his hunting-frock was nearly torn off, -and his face was covered with blood. What had become of -his companion, Dan Hicks?</p> - -<p>It was a silent query soon answered. The excited crowd -thronged around, filling the air with gratified yells at the prospect -of having one live victim for torture. As they swayed -to and fro, jeering and buffeting the prisoner, one of them -exhibited two bloody scalps of white men. One of these -Rhodan recognized as that of poor Hicks; and the other—he -feared, with a shudder, that it belonged to Ben Mace!</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.<br /> -<span class="p75">A SUDDEN REPRIEVE.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Preparations</span> were at once made to torture the prisoner. -He was led, or pushed, forward directly toward the council-house. -A rude post was soon sunk in the ground, and to this -he was securely lashed.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle set his teeth hard, and glanced keenly toward -the rocky bluff. He had a good view of it from his perch. -He could not believe the rangers were yet gone. They had -not had a chance to steal away, even on the supposition that -their leader had escaped from the village. They must, therefore, -have noticed the arrival of the warriors with their prisoner; -if so, he felt assured they would undertake something -for the brave Irishman. He saw what they might do; but -would they think to undertake it?</p> - -<p>As if in answer to his thoughts, he suddenly caught glimpse -of two figures gliding along the edge of the woods toward -the west. The view was but momentary, but it made his -gray eye flash with satisfaction. It was the first sign he had<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span> -seen, telling that the rangers were on the alert since morning.</p> - -<p>“What do now?” said the Indian girl, speaking close to -his ear.</p> - -<p>She had been watching those below them with fearful -interest.</p> - -<p>“Nothing yit, girl. But there may be a chance for us to -gi’n ’em the slip soon. We must be ready.”</p> - -<p>“Too bad—sorry!” she said, glancing through at the -howling rabble about Devine. “’Fraid we can no help -him. No git away ourselves till dark comes. He be burnt -then.”</p> - -<p>“The warriors don’t b’l’eve but what the rest on us ar’ -well out o’ the region,” explained the other. “But two o’ -the chaps ar’ workin’ round an’ I’ve no doubt’ll interrupt -this work at the right minit!”</p> - -<p>“What? You see ’em?”</p> - -<p>“Not a minit ago. When the alarm comes we must down -an’ put for the river while the rest ar’ off.”</p> - -<p>“Then, if can, take him?”</p> - -<p>“The Irishman—yis. I’ll look at him. It’s likely we’ll -have help. Ay, they’ve begun thar deviltries!”</p> - -<p>The fierce maledictions and threats, delivered occasionally -in broken English, ceased at this moment. Standing a few -feet away, a half-dozen of the more experienced warriors -began to test the nerves of the victim by throwing their -knives toward him. On either side of his head struck the -dangerous missiles, burying themselves in the post. The -Irishman never winced. Evidently he had schooled himself -for the trial. Of course due care was taken not to strike -him fatally, as that would have shortened his coming period -of torture by fire.</p> - -<p>Full half an hour was thus occupied, when the programme -was changed by introducing hatchets. These were thrown -with such skill that they were allowed to clip the straggling -locks of the victim’s hair, without touching his head. But -at last, either accidentally or by design, one of the performers -in the game threw his weapon cutting off a portion of the -victim’s ear!</p> - -<p>The yells that now arose, proclaimed that a new feature<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span> -of the torture had begun. And Scarred Eagle knew that -the victim would be pierced or struck about the arms and -shoulders, till he was deemed fit for the flames.</p> - -<p>“Eh! How pale-dog like it?” inquired one of the crew -as he seized Devine’s hair.</p> - -<p>Up to this moment the latter had not uttered a word or a -groan. But now, probably hoping to provoke this tormentor -to finish the work at once, he managed to draw back -one foot, and suddenly planted it in the fellow’s stomach, -pitching him backward upon the ground!</p> - -<p>“Dthere, ye double-dom’d haithen, do y’ur worst, so!”</p> - -<p>Like lightning the worsted Indian sprung to his feet and -rushed back with upright weapon. At this instant two rifle-reports -rung out, telling with deadly effect among the crowd. -And hardly had the echoes of the first ceased, when another -rifle spoke from behind the council-house! Three in all, telling -as many deaths.</p> - -<p>“Now—down quickly!” was the excited command of -Scarred Eagle.</p> - -<p>Both sprung down and rushed out. By the time this was -accomplished the frenzied crowd were rushing like mad devils -in the direction of the shots.</p> - -<p>“Push for the bluff!” cried Rhodan to the Indian girl; -and as he spoke he sprung to the side of Devine. But the -latter had already nearly got his arms loose, and one dash -with Scarred Eagle’s knife completed the work.</p> - -<p>“Och! Howly Mother—”</p> - -<p>“Away with ye—<em>run</em>!”</p> - -<p>The Irishman bounded off. As Scarred Eagle started he -cast a quick glance back and saw that half a dozen of the -Indians, notwithstanding the sudden confusion, had caught a -glimpse of what was going on and were rushing back like a -tornado. At the same moment a startling shout at his left -caused him to turn his head. Two Indians had already -reached the spot, having rushed up behind the council-house.</p> - -<p>One of these had pounced upon the Indian girl, and his -hatchet was already elevated, when the shout, came quickly -followed by a blow so powerful that the fellow dropped to -rise no more.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span></p> - -<p>“Run, Moorooine—take the one after Tim, Revel—ah-ha, -Rhodan, here the devils come!”</p> - -<p>It was the voice of Brom Vail. Scarred Eagle had already -raised his rifle as the young man spoke; and as the words -left his lips, their rifles spoke together. The Indians involuntarily -halted before the shock, while Rhodan and Brom -turned like lightning and sprung toward the bluff. Revel had -just felled the Indian who pursued Devine. The latter was -near the bluff, the Indian girl quite near him.</p> - -<p>“Push on!” cried Revel; and as he spoke he raised his -rifle. <em>Two</em> reports rung out, and instinctively Scarred Eagle -and Brom turned.</p> - -<p>“Have at the devils an’ save Mace—hyar ’e comes!”</p> - -<p>And as Scarred Eagle spoke, the three bounded toward the -remaining Indians; but the latter wheeled and struck toward -the forest, as a stentorian voice behind yelled:</p> - -<p>“Spring on for y’ur lives! The hull pack o’ hellions ar’ -turnin’ back!”</p> - -<p>A few desperate springs brought them to the bluff, where, -dodging behind a bowlder, they found Devine guarding the -passage, the Indian girl having already entered.</p> - -<p>Mace was the last to creep in, and he had just time to do -so, and close up the passage, when a score of Indians dashed -upon the rocks. As he crept on after the rest down the narrow, -rugged passage, he kept filling it behind him in such a -manner that it would take hours for an enemy from <em>without</em> -to force it. And yet he could not help thinking it might be -their last hiding-place on earth.</p> - -<p>Only faint, rumbling echoes came to the ears of the fugitives -as they passed to the subterranean chamber. But they -had no reason to doubt the doubly enraged Miamis knew -where they were concealed, and would watch them to the last -extremity.</p> - -<p>Of course, midnight darkness reigned in the chamber; but -it was provided with pine torches, and one of these was soon -lighted. All of them were too much excited to converse for -a time. Not five minutes had elapsed since the work of torture -was interrupted; and now, behold, all except Goodbrand -and Hill were safe from present danger.</p> - -<p>The arms of Brom tenderly supported the Indian girl.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span> -The Irishman had sunk down exhausted; and Scarred Eagle, -warmly shaking the hands of his deliverers, was rapidly informed -of their several adventures, and they then began to -consult anxiously.</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.<br /> -<span class="p75">THE FORLORN HOPE.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> appearance of Ben Mace in the last scene may be -briefly explained.</p> - -<p>When he sprung away from the side of Scarred Eagle, it -was not yet light. His pursuers were just able to catch the -outlines of his figure as it disappeared in the bushes. He -did not doubt his ability to escape by a straight run from the -village; but he knew such a course would necessitate a long -run and prevent his giving any further assistance to his friends.</p> - -<p>One of Scarred Eagle’s expedients suggested itself, and with -the thought he acted. Seizing a stone, he hurled it down -the slope of ground, and then dodged close behind a bowlder. -In the brief space necessary to do this, the pursuers dashed -through the bushes, and in a second were past him. He rose -quickly, and circling to the right, began to approach the upper -extremity of the village.</p> - -<p>The nature of the shouts and confusion led him to believe -Rhodan was already a prisoner. He rightly conjectured that -he might safely venture to the river-bank, and secrete himself, -or have opportunity to join the party in the subterranean -passage.</p> - -<p>Favored by the degree of gloom still prevailing, he succeeded -in reaching the opposite side of the camp, listening -with wild anxiety to the Babel of cries all around him. -He was about to hurry to the side of the river, when he -obtained a view of the horde who at that moment brought -the bodies of Hulet and Sly Hate from the rear of the hut. -He had then no doubt his friend was certainly a prisoner, if -not killed, and resolved to at once attempt joining those in -the retreat.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span></p> - -<p>He glided down the very path Moorooine had taken an hour -before. To his surprise he noticed a tall Indian gliding before -him in the same direction. Without pausing to think -what the fellow’s object could be, he followed him close, till -the latter reached the water, where a light canoe was drawn -up. Into this the Indian hastily deposited a rifle and several -other articles. Having done this, he wheeled about, and Mace -was just in time to conceal himself in the shrubbery.</p> - -<p>The Indian passed him, springing up the acclivity as if intent -on some personal errand requiring great haste. As he -disappeared, Mace laid his own rifle in the canoe, which he -began to push swiftly toward the subterranean passage. He -kept close under the bank, having no fears but that he would -be able to accomplish his purpose undiscovered.</p> - -<p>Within ten yards of the entrance he heard the reports of -the rifles and the yells and rush that followed. And the next -moment he swept into the passage and gained the rocky recess, -where, to his deep surprise, he found not only the three -rangers, who had just fled from above, but Brom Vail.</p> - -<p>The three rangers had witnessed the commotion, and poured -in the volley in hopes of diverting pursuit of the men whom -they hoped had got a start from camp. The explanation of -Mace, while it shed a little light upon the situation, left the fate -of Scarred Eagle and Moorooine involved in uncertainty. They -little knew that at that very moment the latter were snugly -secreted in the very heart of the village.</p> - -<p>A number of hours passed before they found opportunity -to take a look over the camp—hours full of the deepest anxiety -and suspense. Brom Vail at last managed to peer out, -and saw that the Indians had withdrawn from the spot. Their -hiding-place was yet unknown, but the Indians were gathered -in knots in the midst of the camp. What had become of -Rhodan and the Indian girl?</p> - -<p>There was not yet a chance to leave the retreat without -being discovered, and chafing with impatience, they consulted -and watched during the long hours. At last, near nightfall, -the coveted chance of stealing out was opened by the arrival -of the <i lang="la" xml:lang="la">posse</i> bringing Devine a prisoner.</p> - -<p>The plan of Brom was acted upon the moment the savage -orgies commenced. Three were to steal around to the west<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span> -and pour in a volley into the savage crew, volunteering to -undertake the perilous task, and risk escape. Brom Vail, with -Revel, took it upon himself to steal along the bank of the -river, and attempt two things: the release of the Irishman, -and to learn, if possible, something concerning Rhodan and -the Indian girl. The young man was filled with sad forebodings -in regard to these. His great joy, then, at the last -<i lang="fr" xml:lang="fr">dénouement</i> may be imagined.</p> - -<p>But their situation was yet extremely perilous, and all realized -it. Of course an attempt to leave through the passage -they had just entered was not to be thought of. And the -water-passage—would not the terribly-aroused Indians guard -its entrance, believing it communicated with their retreat?</p> - -<p>“There’s little doubt of it,” said Brom, as they consulted. -“They must ’a’ seen me in the scrimmage just now, an’ known -me. That ’ud be enough, ’cos they know how I escaped afore.”</p> - -<p>“Mebbe they <em>didn’t</em> know ye,” said Mace. “They hedn’t -a chance ter look close, as to thet. Besides, you forgit that -y’ur rig’s different frum what ’twas. Thet canoe I brought in -helped ye to a change o’ garments as well’s to a rifle.”</p> - -<p>At this moment dull sounds came faintly to their ears from -above.</p> - -<p>“The devils ar’ workin’!” remarked Scarred Eagle. “Take -hold o’ here, Mace!”</p> - -<p>The latter assisted him to push one of the canoes into the -water. Scarred Eagle stepped in. Mace was about to follow.</p> - -<p>“No, Ben,” said the other. “Wait here with the rest. -One’s enough to reconnoiter now.”</p> - -<p>He pushed off in the darkness, the others anxiously awaiting -the result. Meantime they ever and anon put their ears -close to the upward passage. The Miamis above were still -at work endeavoring to force an entrance.</p> - -<p>Ten minutes passed and Scarred Eagle came back with the -canoe. The news he brought was any thing but encouraging. -He had advanced far enough to see that a number of the enemy -stood upon the high bank of the river, with their gaze -fixed upon the subterranean entrance.</p> - -<p>“They sartin suspect that it leads to our retreat,” he said. -“But one thing ag’in’ ’em is ’t they ain’t got any canoes. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>Thet is, none thet I could diskiver.”</p> - -<p>“Some above!” said Moorooine. “Up near fort. Mebbe -git them.”</p> - -<p>“It may be they will, gal,” said Rhodan. “We’ll know in -the course of an hour. It’ll be dark by that time.”</p> - -<p>The veteran scout sat down upon the hard bottom of the -cave and became silent. There seemed no further chance for -that species of strategy of which he was so perfect a master. -A few hours would decide their fate, and all knew it.</p> - -<p>A small keg of spirits and a quantity of jerked venison had -been found in the canoe which Mace had brought in. All -partook sparingly, and then, seeing that their weapons were in -the best possible order, huddled together awaiting events.</p> - -<p>At last the sounds made by the enemy above them ceased. -They had evidently become satisfied that they were expending -their strength for nothing. What would they next do?</p> - -<p>“Ain’t it dark outside by this time?” inquired Brom at -last.</p> - -<p>“No, not yet,” replied Scarred Eagle. “It’s no use o’ -pokin’ out that way till we’re sure ’tis.”</p> - -<p>At this moment they heard the echoes of shouts above the -dull roar of the waters. They at once knew the sounds must -have come from near the east side of the camp, else they could -not have reached their ears.</p> - -<p>The rangers huddled close to the edge of the landing, and -bent forward.</p> - -<p>“The hellions ar’ makin’ ready to come at us here,” said -Mace, grimly.</p> - -<p>“Not yit,” remarked Scarred Eagle, who had stepped into -the canoe in order to hear better. “I’d sooner think one or -both of the others ar’ taken.”</p> - -<p>“I kain’t b’l’eve but what they got off. I see ’em run the -minit they fired. Thar couldn’t ’a’ b’en many thet follered -’em. The row we made brought most on ’em back. ’Twould -be jest like the chaps to turn back ag’in the minit thar come -a chance, though.”</p> - -<p>“The Lord help ’em ef they <em>be</em> took, now,” said Scarred -Eagle. “No kind of a chance ’s left <em>us</em> to help ’em, when -thar’s so small a prospect o’ helpin’ ourselves. Step in here, -Ben, an’ we’ll steal out a piece towarts the entrance.”</p> - -<p>As the latter obeyed, Rhodan turned toward Brom.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span></p> - -<p>“Tother canoe ’ll hold the rest on ye, boy. Ef ye hear a -stone splash in the water hereaway, push out at once.”</p> - -<p>In a moment longer he had turned the angle and disappeared.</p> - -<p>Those behind now stationed themselves where they could -hear the least unusual sound. None of them attempted to -converse. Their suspense was too deep.</p> - -<p>Half an hour thus passed, or rather dragged; for to those -waiting, it seemed hours. What could keep Scarred Eagle -and Mace? Directing Revel to steady the remaining canoe, -Brom stepped to its further end, and managed to obtain a view -outward. He saw an outline of the other canoe drawing silently -toward him through the gloom, and far beyond he -plainly distinguished one or two moving bodies, revealed by -the degree of light prevailing outside.</p> - -<p>As he stepped back, Scarred Eagle and Mace glided to the -chamber and landed. Their report was not a cheering one. -As Brom had suspected, the Indians in their canoes were -watching the mouth of the passage.</p> - -<p>“We must git to work quick!” said Scarred Eagle. “Them -out yonder ain’t sure we’re in here, though they suspect it. -Mebbe we kin cheat ’em ag’in.”</p> - -<p>“Work is it?” exclaimed the Irishman. “I’m ready dthin—pwat’ll -be doon?”</p> - -<p>“It shall be your part to keep watch with Moorooine an’ -see if them in the canoes ondertake to come in. The rest on -us ’ll work at the passage in the rocks. Mace thinks thar’s -a prospect of workin’ our way up so ’s to fire occasionally on -them watchin’ above us. If we kin, it may draw ’em away -from the mouth of the passage an’ gi’n us a chance to steal -out in the canoes.”</p> - -<p>Mace had already begun to remove some of the obstructions -placed in the rocky passage. The rest fell to work with a -will, leaving Devine and the Indian girl to watch the passage -outward.</p> - -<p>As previously mentioned, the way up through the rocks was devious -and rough, and nearly thirty feet in extent. Half-way up was a kind of -niche where three men might stand abreast. The rangers hoped to be able -to fire upon the savages from this point. Could they do so, the Indians -might possibly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span> -believe the rocky passage extended no further, and withdraw those who -were stationed at the mouth of the water-passage.</p> - -<p>They worked with the energy of men who realized that life -is the stake. There was little danger of their being heard, -as it was much easier to remove obstructions from the inside -than from without.</p> - -<p>In a few minutes they reached the desired point. Pausing -they heard sounds, proclaiming the Indians had again resumed -work.</p> - -<p>“They’re gittin’ on faster now,” said Mace. “I judge -they’ve got that big stone moved, but it’s cost ’em more ’n a -good hours work. Ha—look out!”</p> - -<p>As he spoke, a rumbling, heavy jar was felt, as a huge -rock fell forward, lodging a few feet above them! Mace -chuckled grimly.</p> - -<p>“Thar! Ye see it got the better of the scamps. Thet ar -was fixed for jest sich an occasion as this, but was never used -afore. Now, it’s in sich shape that we couldn’t git out o’ -here ourselves in less ’n half a day ef thar wa’n’t no one round -to interfere.”</p> - -<p>“It’s bad!” remarked Scarred Eagle. “We won’t have a -chance to let ’em know we’re here except by shouting, an’ -they’d see through that. If we could git in a shot or two -now, they’d b’l’eve we war in the last extremity.”</p> - -<p>As he spoke, “thump, thump,” came sounds from above. -Pressing up as far as possible, between the wall and obstructions -before them, he obtained a view of several dark figures -relieved against a starlit sky in the distance.</p> - -<p>“That bowlder broke a section of the ledge as it fell, an’ -the devils ar’ makin’ thar way round it,” he whispered. “It’s -jest the thing after all—reach my rifle here, Revel!”</p> - -<p>Mace had made the discovery as soon as Rhodan. Revel -handed them their weapons, and stepped back.</p> - -<p>“Push y’ur weepon up as far as ye kin,” cautioned Scarred -Eagle. “The report ’ll be less likely to echo back below -us.”</p> - -<p>But they withheld their fire. The Indians had suddenly -ceased their work again, and not a glimpse of them could be -seen. Minute after minute passed of unbroken silence.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span></p> - -<p>“I had hoped they’d keep on!” said Scarred Eagle. “But -their crazy rage is coolin’. Thet’s what’s made ’em work, -when they mout ’a’ waited an b’en jest ’s sure. Ah-ha—what’s -ter pay now?”</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI.<br /> -<span class="p75">NOOKECHIN.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">The</span> Irishman had scrambled up, and stood beside them.</p> - -<p>“For dthe luv of God coom below, quick!” he exclaimed. -“Dthe rats are movin’ in wud the boats!”</p> - -<p>“You an’ Revel keep here, Mace. You’ll know if -wanted!”</p> - -<p>And as Scarred Eagle thus spoke, he hurried down after -the Irishman. He found the Indian girl standing as far out -as possible, gazing up the water-passage. Coming on slowly, -were two canoes, each containing three or four Indians. They -could be plainly distinguished, for a torch was fixed in the -prow of the one ahead. It only cast light a few yards ahead -and around them, so that the watchers had no fears of being -discovered, till the canoe should approach nearer.</p> - -<p>“They want to come, but ’fraid to,” whispered Moorooine.</p> - -<p>“It shows they’ve doubts ’bout thar bein’ a hidin’-place in -here. <em>That’s</em> in our favor, anyhow. Ef we could only make -’em b’l’eve thar w’an’t any, we’d soon git clear.”</p> - -<p>The canoes came on very cautiously. Suddenly, the Indians, -feeling the increased current, began to dip their paddles -to prevent moving too fast. The one nearest the torch seized -it, and waved it from side to side, examining the walls. But, -save at the secret chamber, there was not the least cavity in -the rocks.</p> - -<p>They held their canoes nearly motionless, and peered into -the unknown darkness. Evidently they did not like the idea -of venturing further. They were not rid of the superstition -about the place, and the gloomy depths, beyond, from which -came a sullen roar, made them nervous.</p> - -<p>Suddenly a prolonged, dull echo came to the ears of Scarred<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span> -Eagle and Moorooine. They knew it was caused by rifle-reports -up in the passage. Those in the canoes heard the -echoes; but to them it was of frightful significance. Mingled -with the sullen roar in the depths, it doubtless seemed to their -startled imaginations, that the evil spirit of the cave was -about to take vengeance on them for their temerity. At any -rate, they pulled back with the utmost dispatch.</p> - -<p>Leaving Moorooine to watch, Scarred Eagle sprung back -and hastened up the passage. As he gained the spot, he -heard yells outside plainly.</p> - -<p>“We’ve hit one o’ the curs—what’s goin’ on below?” cried -Mace. “Is thar a chance—”</p> - -<p>“Yes; come on for y’ur lives!” interrupted Scarred Eagle.</p> - -<p>They hurried back into the chamber.</p> - -<p>“Ar’ they in sight, Moorooine?” called Rhodan.</p> - -<p>“No; all gone!” said the girl, joyfully.</p> - -<p>“Then out with these ’ere, quick!”</p> - -<p>Both canoes were at once launched. In the foremost and -largest, four of the rangers took their places. Brom and -Moorooine followed in the other.</p> - -<p>As they moved forward, they heard the sounds of excitement, -which told that the savages were rushing to the spot, -where, as they doubtless supposed, their enemies were attempting -a desperate resistance.</p> - -<p>“Steady!” cautioned Scarred Eagle, as they neared the -mouth of the rocky channel. “We must feel our way for a -minit or two. T’other canoes may not be out o’ the way.”</p> - -<p>Two minutes later they stopped, and peered ahead. Not a -sign of a canoe could they see; yet those that had ventured -into the passage could not yet have had time to land. To do -so, they would be obliged to move a distance up where the -bank was more sloping. There was no danger that these -might be lying to the right or left of the entrance, behind the -juts of cliff.</p> - -<p>The rangers consulted a moment. They were far enough -to see the reflection of starlight on the water further out. -Had it been darker, they would not have hesitated to risk an -attempt to start out. They concluded to move close up beside -the right wall, and then steal up and endeavor to obtain a -view of the opposite side of the entrance.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span></p> - -<p>The canoes came nearly up to the wall, when Devine, glancing -back, saw something floating toward them.</p> - -<p>“Luk!” he said, in a wild whisper.</p> - -<p>The object was where the starlight shone upon it. As the -rest turned it disappeared from sight. At the same moment, -shouts came from the right of the entrance, and a canoe was -heard rounding the adjacent angle.</p> - -<p>“Back!” whispered Scarred Eagle, in a tone of startling -earnestness.</p> - -<p>Quickly as the order was obeyed, the canoes had hardly -turned, when the foremost was struck by another containing -half a dozen Miami warriors.</p> - -<p>Instantly a burst of wild yells rung out, and were echoed -back from the adjacent banks; and, at the same instant, -“crash! crash!” rung the blows of hatchets. There was no -time to level a rifle; no time to push back into the cavern -without a struggle.</p> - -<p>Six against four! Unfortunately, Revel, at the first onset, -received a blow which laid him powerless in the canoe. -His fall, while it made the odds more fearful, caused the canoe -to surge back, and at that moment Brom, pushing his rifle forward, -fired, killing one of the assailants, who fell back into -the water. The incident gave the other three time to snatch -up their rifles; but by this time another canoe was approaching -rapidly.</p> - -<p>The rangers were not permitted to level their rifles, for the -assailants, knowing that aid was at hand, recovered in time to -beat down the weapons, springing in with their hatchets to -the attack.</p> - -<p>“That’s it—quick boy—git us apart!”</p> - -<p>The hoarse exclamation of Scarred Eagle, as with his two -companions, he made almost superhuman efforts to beat back -the assailants. The endeavors of Brom were somewhat aided -by Revel, who began to recover from the effects of the blow. -Even then, it seemed impossible to get clear of the assailants -before the latter should receive aid. But suddenly their canoe -was tipped backward by an unseen hand, and the warriors, -losing their balance, tumbled into the water. One of them -was dispatched by Mace. At that moment, a form appeared -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>beside Brom’s canoe, and a voice shouted:</p> - -<p>“Me—White Fox—take in quick—Goodbrand!”</p> - -<p>Moorooine identified the speaker in time to stay the arm -of Brom, raised to strike a supposed enemy.</p> - -<p>As Goodbrand sprung in, the voice of Scarred Eagle was -heard above the din:</p> - -<p>“Hyar they come; give them a volley or we’re lost!”</p> - -<p>Another canoe was sweeping up, the occupants paying no -attention to their companions in the water. Not two rifle-lengths -separated them as Scarred Eagle spoke. Almost immediately -the four rangers fired, doing fearful execution; then, -taking advantage of the confusion, they swept back toward -the subterranean chamber.</p> - -<p>But the Indians, now reinforced by another party in canoes, -soon followed. The rangers had barely effected a landing -when they found two or three canoes within twenty yards of -the retreat. One of them carried a torch.</p> - -<p>“The devils know our weepons ar’ empty, an’ don’t mean -to give us time. Load quick, and if they come too soon, club -y’ur rifles!”</p> - -<p>As the veteran scout issued this command he himself began -to reload, the rest following suit.</p> - -<p>“Quick! here come!” suddenly exclaimed Moorooine.</p> - -<p>As she spoke she darted back, and a canoe rounded the -turn, the torch in its prow revealing the cave and inmates distinctly.</p> - -<p>“Hyar they be—beat back the devils!” shouted Scarred -Eagle and Mace together.</p> - -<p>As quick as thought their clubbed rifles came down upon -the occupants of the foremost canoe, some of whom in their -wild rage had attempted to leap into the chamber. Yells, -cries and groans rung out through the dark depths, presenting -a scene of the wildest confusion. The Indians pressing in the -rear let fly another volley of arrows, but most of them passed -over the heads of the assailed, who had temporarily beaten -back those in the foremost canoe. At this instant a heavy -object fell with a crash in one of the canoes, striking down -some of its occupants, and tipping it over.</p> - -<p>“Thet’s it—the rocks,” shouted Mace.</p> - -<p>“Ay, dthim’s dthe boys. Musha, take dthat, ye haithens. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span>Och, we’ll bate dthem wud sthones, so!”</p> - -<p>In less time than it takes to describe it, the Irishman had -inaugurated this species of warfare. There were plenty -of loose rocks in the chamber, and the rangers hurled these -so rapidly among the crowd of assailants that the latter were -glad to withdraw out of range as quick as possible. The -moment they did so the rangers began again to reload, a torch -left in a remote corner of the room affording sufficient light. -They could hear their assailants still moving away in the darkness.</p> - -<p>The rangers now had time to glance at each other, and question -Goodbrand, whose timely aid ten minutes previous had -probably saved them all from capture or death. His statement -was brief. His companion, Joe Hill, had escaped, while he -himself had been struck down with a hatchet as he ran. Being -brought forward and recognized, they were about to sacrifice -him on the spot, so great was their rage; but at that moment -came the shots fired by Revel and Mace upon those endeavoring -to force the passage. In the increased rush to this -spot only three or four were left around Goodbrand. While -the attention of these was for a moment diverted, the thongs -with which Goodbrand was bound were cut, and he recognized -the whisper of Noochekin in his ear:</p> - -<p>“Me pay back you now for savin’ my life on the lake. If -catch ag’in you die. Debt paid now. Go.”</p> - -<p>He darted away, and was pursued, Noochekin himself -joining in the chase. The latter stumbled over a log, retarding -the rest, till Goodbrand disappeared behind a lodge. -Thence he crept under a jut of the bank, where he lay, till -fearing discovery, he dropped under the water, intending to -swim into the chamber. As we have seen, he was in time to -aid his friends.</p> - -<p>“Then the canoe side o’ the entrance must ’a’ be’n watchin’ -for ye?” said Scarred Eagle.</p> - -<p>“No—watchin’ for <em>you</em>,” was the answer. “It come round -the jut as me started to swim. They mistrusted some trick, -an’ meant if <em>was</em> in here you shouldn’t git ’way.”</p> - -<p>“It must be—yes, Goodbrand; you’re right. The devils -hev be’n beat too bad to neglect watchin’ any p’int which -may look ’s ’ough we mout take advantage of it. We’re in -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span>our last corner, chaps, an’ thar’s no need o’ denyin’ it; but -we’ll rest awhile, ef the scamps ’ll let up, an’ prepare to meet -’em when they come. ’Twon’t be soon, uther, ’cos they kain’t -but see they’ve got us.”</p> - -<p>“Yes; but the hellions ’ll r’member these last two days,” -said Mace, grimly. “No danger of their comin’ at us ag’in -right away. They’ll wait till we’re as weak as babies from -hunger, an’ then try ter git the hull <i lang="la" xml:lang="la">posse</i> on us <em>alive</em>! We -mout ’s well keep it up, an’ git our deaths by fightin’.”</p> - -<p>“It’s better’n to be kilt alive at dthe sthake!” assented Devine, -with a shudder.</p> - -<p>“Time enough to begin another scrimmage; thar’s no danger -but that the entrance ’ll be guarded close enough now,” -answered Scarred Eagle. “But we’d best recruit as best we -kin, so’s to hev our strength collected for the last trial. Thar’s -jest a chance some on us may git off, though it’s a small one. -D’ye see a light ahead, boy?”</p> - -<p>The question was addressed to Brom, who stood beside -Moorooine in the end of the canoe, peering back through the -passage.</p> - -<p>“No!” was the response; “but thar’s several canoes hovering -outside the entrance, in the starlight. They ain’t a-goin’ -to come back here right away.”</p> - -<p>“Of course not. What is it, Revel?”</p> - -<p>The latter had crept up into the other passage, and now returned.</p> - -<p>“The scamps are <em>filling up</em> the passage,” he said.</p> - -<p>“Ay—’cos it’ll be easier to watch the other way. They -needn’t ’a’ took the pains.”</p> - -<p>He saw that Revel, after waiting a moment, made a silent -gesture for him to come forward. He followed him up into -the passage as far as it had been cleared from the inside. -Revel carried a new torch, and by its light revealed a crevice -which he had discovered. Then, putting the torch behind -them, they could distinguish, at about ten feet distant, the -starlight from outside.</p> - -<p>“I thought of this just now,” said Revel, “and came up to -look again. I discovered it at the time you came after us to -escape in the canoes. Now that that chance is gone, here’s -another. What do you think of it?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span></p> - -<p>“One man workin’ outside, where thar’s room, mout, in two -hours, make the place big enough for us to creep out,” said -Rhodan. “To git outside—thet’s the hull question. One on -us mout try it.”</p> - -<p>“What is?”</p> - -<p>Turning they saw Mace and Goodbrand, who had crept up. -The matter was at once explained.</p> - -<p>“If one could git out, what chances ’ud thar be to work -’ithout bein’ seen or heard? Thet’s the second question,” -said Mace.</p> - -<p>“The side we’re lookin’ through is opposite the spot whar -the reds ’ll be likely to keep any sort of watch. Besides, -they’ve jist filled up the hole above us, so, if one on us <em>could</em> -git outside unseen, thar’d be a chance. An’ it seems as -’ough one might. Let us get down an’ consider the chances.”</p> - -<p>They returned into the chamber, meeting the others, to -whom was communicated what had been discovered. Instantly -they began to devise some expedient by which one -might leave the subterranean region, and what one of them -should undertake the desperate feat.</p> - -<p>Goodbrand insisted on having the task. His color, and -readiness with the Indian tongue, caused his request to be -unanimously granted. But now, how was he to steal out -without it being known by the waiting enemy?</p> - -<p>“Thar’s no airthly way but to move up an’ engage the -reds in a skirmish,” said Scarred Eagle. “We must do it -in such a way that Goodbrand can slip noiselessly into the -water an’ swim for it. He’ll hev tu turn to the right of the -entrance an’ endivor to git a chance to draw himself up on -the rocks. Ef he kin manage that far, the rest’ll be easier.”</p> - -<p>“Thar’s another thing,” said Brom. “What can he carry -to work with?”</p> - -<p>There was a short silence. They had nothing with which -Goodbrand could work among the seamy rocks except knives -and hatchets.</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII.<br /> -<span class="p75">AGAIN!</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">They</span> did not pause long. True, the chance of Goodbrand’s -doing any thing was small even should he succeed in -reaching the spot. But it was better than no chance at all -and something else might occur to him by which to assist -his friends.</p> - -<p>The canoes were again made ready, and the party, with -their weapons in good order, entered. They could quite -plainly see the canoes of the Indians outside, while they -knew it was impossible for themselves to be seen until they -should approach quite near the entrance.</p> - -<p>Slowly they stole forward, making no noise that could be -heard outside, above the monotonous roar of the channel.</p> - -<p>As they advanced they could see the Indians more plainly. -There were three canoes of them, and a constant stream of -inquiries and answers was kept up with those on shore.</p> - -<p>They evidently feared the rangers were preparing to make -some desperate attempt to dash out. They had had abundant -evidence of their power of resource in danger, and -meant to leave no way open.</p> - -<p>The rangers understood this, and felt it was all the more -favorable for the success of their plan.</p> - -<p>The foremost canoe, directed by Scarred Eagle, at last -came to a stop. Twenty yards further would reveal them -to those outside.</p> - -<p>For a moment the rangers consulted in low tones on the -chances of actually making a dash past their enemies. The -three canoes of the Indians were somewhat to the left of -the entrance. But if they should get past these there were -enough Indians standing along the banks to riddle them before -they could get any thing of a start. So they gave it -up, and Goodbrand prepared for his desperate work.</p> - -<p>The canoes of the rangers now rested in the middle of -the channel. Goodbrand, shaking hands with his companions, -let himself silently into the water and in a few seconds<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span> -swam to the right wall, and as far up as it was safe to do. -Glancing <em>toward</em> the light, his friends could make out the -outlines of his form as he sought for a place to rest until -the proper moment should arrive.</p> - -<p>In a few moments they saw that he remained motionless, -and waited for his signal. This was to have been a waving -of his arm thrice. But the moments sped on and no signal -came.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle was about to push up nearer, when he observed -Goodbrand relinquish his hold, and in a moment the -latter had noiselessly swum back.</p> - -<p>“What’s the trouble, Goodbrand?”</p> - -<p>“No trouble,” he said. “Something good. Follow me -close up. Some chance all get way—cheat all the warriors -<em>now</em>. If mistook, then we can try other way jes’ same.” And -without waiting for reply, Goodbrand let go the side of the -canoe and swam back, as silently as before.</p> - -<p>Word was passed to Brom, who was in the rear with Moorooine -and the Irishman. Then the canoes were turned, and -pushed close up beside the friendly Miami.</p> - -<p>As yet the shouts and inquiries of the enemy were kept up -from shore and stream. Their canoes remained in nearly the -same position, and a continuous watch was maintained over -the entire surface of water adjacent to the dark entrance.</p> - -<p>“Here!” whispered Goodbrand as they came up. “Give -me ramrod—quick!”</p> - -<p>Taking one from the hands of Mace, he pushed it up in a -slanting direction through a fissure in the rocks. The gaze -of the rest following his movement, met a beam of pale light -coming through the hole made in the loose earth above. By -it they were enabled to see that the fissure was large enough -for them to crawl through, and that the covering of earth -above could be easily removed.</p> - -<p>For a moment after making this discovery they remained -inactive. The chance of escaping so unexpectedly presented, -thrilled them one and all. And yet a single mishap might -rob them of it forever and fatally.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle was the first to speak, which he did in a low -whisper, as if fearful it might be heard above the noise of the -subterranean passage.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span></p> - -<p>“We must arrange carefully. Can you creep in thar by -standin’ on my shoulder, Goodbrand?”</p> - -<p>“Yis, easy; quick. Easy to move the earth above. Den -we can keep below slope of bluff, an’ not be seen.”</p> - -<p>“Understand then. You go first. If them out yonder -come this way for any cause, all that ar’ left here at the time -’ll scull back after firin’ into the enemy. After that, failin’ to -hear any one outside the passage from the chamber, it shell -be taken as a signal that this way is yit secret, and that help -is waitin’ hyar. Now—stiddy the canoe, men, while Goodbrand -mounts ahead.”</p> - -<p>The latter, stepping upon the shoulder of Rhodan, easily -got within the fissure, and began to clamber up. It was necessary -to go scarcely his length, however, when he encountered -the covering of earth.</p> - -<p>“Be keerful!” admonished Scarred Eagle. “Don’t let any -of the earth fall back, nor a stone.”</p> - -<p>The most intense and painful anxiety now prevailed. So -near to escape on one hand, and to capture and death on the -other.</p> - -<p>Goodbrand worked forward cautiously. Gradually he removed -the slight barrier of earth, and they saw him push his -head through, and knew he was taking a rapid survey of the -bluff. In a moment he settled back, and turning his head, -whispered:</p> - -<p>“All clear—come on!”</p> - -<p>Having warned them, he moved again, and in a moment -had passed entirely out, throwing himself flat upon the ground -outside.</p> - -<p>With beating hearts the rest prepared to follow. Moorooine -was assisted up, and began to crawl forward. Revel was the -next in order, Scarred Eagle refusing to go till the last. But -before Revel had a chance to ascend, a movement was heard -outside in the starlight, and looking out they saw a canoe of -the Indians in motion.</p> - -<p>“Git y’ur rifles ready!” muttered Scarred Eagle, in a low -tone. “It’s impossible to tell what they’re goin’ to do, but—”</p> - -<p>“Hold stiddy for y’ur lives—<em>Moorooine?</em>”</p> - -<p>It was the voice of Brom, sufficiently loud to reach the girl’s -ears without being heard by the enemy.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span></p> - -<p>“What?” she answered.</p> - -<p>“Lie still where you be—don’t move a hand’s breadth or -the reds may notice the light which your body now hides!”</p> - -<p>He spoke as rapidly as possible, then turned to watch the -canoe. This was moving as though again to enter the depths -of the passage.</p> - -<p>“Hish!” muttered Scarred Eagle, bending forward.</p> - -<p>“Tell ye it’s time ter take the <em>oars</em>!” remonstrated Mace, -excitedly. “We mustn’t be diskivered in this spot! Ef we -be, our chance is gone here, sartin!”</p> - -<p>“As long as they’ve no torch we’re safe from that, yit,” remarked -Rhodan. “They’ve got to pass ahind us before they -can see us. Ah—now—silence for y’ur lives!”</p> - -<p>The occupants of the approaching canoe, five in number, -swept their bark suddenly aside not ten yards above the rangers, -and began to glide toward them. Rhodan at once divined -their object. It was not to again penetrate to the rocky -chamber, but to gain a position where they could see if a light -was visible therefrom.</p> - -<p>It was too late for the rangers to move back without being -heard. Nor did Scarred Eagle wish to. He had hopes that -he could remain undiscovered, and that the explorers would -soon turn back. If not, he was confident of being able to -worst the fellows, and make good his retreat before others -could interfere.</p> - -<p>With their own canoes pressed close to the wall, and ready -to use paddle or rifle as occasion might warrant, the borderers -awaited developments with bated breath. Nearer came the -canoe of the warriors, and lower crouched the whites. Suddenly -the canoe stopped. It was so near that the rangers, -looking <em>toward</em> the light, could make out the forms of its occupants -peering forward into the darkness. For several moments -they remained thus; then, dropping back upon foot and -knee they swept back, and rejoined the others.</p> - -<p>The rangers lost no time in making their exit from the -place. One by one they ascended till only Scarred Eagle was -left. Seizing the hand of Mace, he was assisted up, and in -five minutes after the Indians had withdrawn, all of the whites -were gliding away toward the opposite side of the bluff.</p> - -<p>It was now considerably past midnight, and heavy clouds<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span> -began to drift across the sky, rendering the starlight dim indeed. -The little party soon halted at the edge of the water -on the other side. They could plainly hear the excited jabber -of Indian tongues behind them, and knew that no time was -to be lost.</p> - -<p>But how to escape from the bluff was the question now. -To their right, after ascending the bluff, lay the deep forest. -An attempt to escape that way would expose them to great -danger, as it was quite certain some of the Miamis would be -hovering near the place. Not a canoe was to be had, and -not a log could be found on which to float to the forest further -south.</p> - -<p>After a short consultation Scarred Eagle and Mace left the -rest, and ascended the bluff to reconnoiter. Goodbrand and -Revel, moving apart, kept as sharp watch as possible around -the left curve of the bluff toward the subterranean passage.</p> - -<p>“Dthere must be a way for us now dthat we have got so -fur out of it,” said Tim at length. “Och musha, me head!”</p> - -<p>“I b’l’eve thar will, Tim,” replied Brom, who was supporting -Moorooine, into whose willing ears he had been whispering. -“You’ve had a hard one over gittin’ me clear. If -I k’n ever pay ye back—”</p> - -<p>“Luk, now!” interrupted the Irishman. “Sthop, ef yees -don’t want to rise me. Is it of pay y’ur goin’ to talk, an’ to -Tim Devine? Yees know betthur. Wouldn’t yees do as -much for me, an’ more? We done dthe besht we c’u’d, -though. Poor Dan Hicks! Och, musha! B’ated down; -an’ him skulped before me very eyes!”</p> - -<p>The poor fellow’s voice trembled with emotion.</p> - -<p>“It’s b’en an onusual adventur’,” remarked Brom. “Of -course we all mean to stick to each other. Thar’s three lost, -not to speak of Hill. I hope ’e made good ’is escape. He -couldn’t ’a’ done nothin’ for us. Thar wouldn’t ’a’ b’en one -us alive ef ’t hadn’t b’en for—”</p> - -<p>“—Dthe wan beside yees—why don’t ye spake it?” said -the Irishman, as Brom paused. “Yes, God bless ’er. She’s -a haro to dthe core, and wan I’d shed me besht blood for—thrue’s -me father was a docthur w’u’d I. I what, they’re -coomin’ back, an’ now I’m in hopes dthurt a way to l’ave -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span>dthis divule’s ragion.”</p> - -<p>Not for a moment had Brom and his companions ceased to -keep a sharp watch about them, and their brief conversation -had been carried on in whispers. As Tim spoke, Revel and -Goodbrand came up.</p> - -<p>“The reds mistrust something, for they’ve started into the -cave with torches,” said Revel. “Less move forward.”</p> - -<p>“Thin we’ll hear from dthim soon, I’m thinkin’.”</p> - -<p>“They’ll see the canoes we left, an’ that’ll tell the story.”</p> - -<p>“It will, onless, as may happen, the canoes drifted down -beyond the chamber,” said Brom. “In that case they’ll leave -us a little more time.”</p> - -<p>They were creeping cautiously up in the direction taken -by the elder scouts. These had now been gone nearly half -an hour. Suddenly Goodbrand, who was some paces ahead, -put back his hand and sunk to the earth, the rest speedily -following his example.</p> - -<p>What had he discovered? In a few moments the question -was answered. Three dark forms began to loom into view, -dealing down the slope of the bluff. The rangers did not -attempt even to exchange a hurried whisper. There was no -need, for each of them comprehended the situation, and held -the same theory. In some way Scarred Eagle and Mace had -aroused the suspicion of these warriors, but evaded them. -The latter, to satisfy their curiosity, were searching over the -ground where they suspected an enemy had lurked.</p> - -<p>The concealed party well knew why these warriors made -no outcry. They could have no suspicion, as yet, that any -of the whites who had been driven into the subterranean -passage, had escaped. But the latter might have companions -watching for a chance to render them aid.</p> - -<p>Nearer they came, glancing sharply around, and stepping -so lightly that they seemed like moving phantoms instead of -living forms. Brom and his companions lay as silently as -death, hoping to escape detection by these prowlers. All -knew that an outcry or struggle could hardly fail of being -heard beyond the bluff, and would at once bring others to the -spot. But they held themselves ready for a quick struggle, -if it should prove necessary.</p> - -<p>The three Indians were several paces apart, and paused -every moment in their course, listening keenly. In this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span> -manner they passed the little party, who lay so close to the -ground that only the closest inspection could reveal them.</p> - -<p>Brom, who lay furthest to the right, began to move aside, -and the others followed his example. In a moment or two, -all were crouched beneath the shelter of a scraggy spruce, -under which the Indian spies had already searched. The -outlines of the latter could now barely be seen passing around -the curve of the bluff; but they did not pass out of sight. -As if satisfied that their ears or sight had deceived them, they -turned back after a short pause, directly toward the whites.</p> - -<p>But the latter had already moved on, nearly in single file, -keeping the spruce between them and the warriors. Suddenly -a whisper, which they recognized as Rhodan’s, warned -them aside. They were in time to dodge behind a protuberance -of the bluff as the Indian spies loomed into view between -them and the spruce.</p> - -<p>“Don’t show a limb!” whispered Scarred Eagle. “Ef I -move, all on ye foller, an’ be sure to use no weepons unless -they see us first. These ’ere mustn’t be allowed to make an -outcry.”</p> - -<p>A few seconds after the delivery of this order, the spies -came on boldly. They were passing a yard or two below the -party, when they suddenly halted and gazed out over the -water. Looking <em>downward</em>, they could distinguish nothing; -but they had heard some sound, as of a body moving through -the water. They at once glided down close to the edge of -the shore.</p> - -<p>Scarred Eagle had also heard the slight sound, and well -knew it was Mace swimming forward and pushing a log before -him. The sound had ceased now, and he felt sure the -latter was aware of the presence of the three warriors. Had -they discovered him?</p> - -<p>They squatted down close to the water and remained motionless. -Minute after minute passed, and still they moved -not. The hearts of the rangers began to beat wildly. At -any moment their absence from the cave might be discovered, -when the entire bluff would be surrounded and searched -closely. And in a little more than an hour it would be -<em>light</em>!</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span></p> - -<p>“We kain’t wait longer, nor we kain’t avoid a tussle with -these chaps below us,” whispered Rhodan to Brom. “It’s -Mace out thar, with a log brought from across the angle of -water. The hull of us must steal onto them chaps. Pass -word to the rest, an’ remember we must take ’em without -raisin’ an alarm, or lose the lives we’ve brought so fur out o’ -the jaws o’ death!”</p> - -<p>From one to another was the order passed. Then as silently -as a shadow, the veteran scout rose with Brom and -Revel at his left. Foot by foot they crept toward the spies, -whose attention to the water seemed completely absorbed. A -sudden dash from behind, and they found themselves thrown -to the earth, while bands of iron clasped their throats. At -this moment a movement, heard a few yards out, told that -Mace comprehended the scene, and was pushing in with the -log.</p> - -<p>The captured spies were stout fellows, and expecting death, -made every endeavor to struggle or cry out. But those who -came behind threw themselves across their bodies, while Moorooine, -with the remnants of a blanket, assisted to gag them. -While this was going on, Mace reached the shore with the -section of a tree-trunk.</p> - -<p>“What! End the devils an’ done with it,” he said, savagely, -drawing a knife as he spoke over one of the captives.</p> - -<p>“Hold!” said Scarred Eagle, catching his arm. “Put that -spirit out of ye, Ben; enough blood has b’en spilt, an’ this is -onnecessary. An’ remember <em>these</em>!” he added, nodding toward -Goodbrand and Moorooine.</p> - -<p>The other understood him, and hurriedly began to secure -their rifles and ammunition on the heavy log, Goodbrand and -Tim assisting. The spies were securely bound, and placed -so that they would not easily be discovered in the gloom. -At this moment several dark figures were discovered on the -slope above moving down toward them!</p> -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span></p> - -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII.<br /> -<span class="p75">IN THE TOILS.</span></h2></div> - - -<p>“<span class="smcap">Cling</span> to the log, an’ push off!” whispered Scarred Eagle. -“We must be quick or all his lost!”</p> - -<p>The party darted as silently as possible to their places, -Rhodan and Ben Mace at either end of the log. In a moment -longer they were drifting outward, swimming as fast as -they were able. Moorooine and Devine kept their glance behind, -being hurriedly directed to give notice when the Indians -should come down to the water.</p> - -<p>“Now—they most there,” said the girl, in a whisper.</p> - -<p>All ceased their exertions, for it was impossible to proceed -without disturbing the water sufficient to attract attention. -The most lively apprehensions now filled their minds. Would -the new-comers at once discover their bound comrades? They -were coming on in a line that would bring them within half -a dozen yards of the latter. But suddenly pausing, they -separated, two going to the right and two toward the left.</p> - -<p>“S’archin’ for them that we took!” said Rhodan. “They -think t’others ar’ too long away. We kin begin to move -ag’in.”</p> - -<p>The log was again pushed forward slowly, in order not to -attract the notice of the new-comers. As these moved further -away, the whites renewed their speed, pushing out with all -their strength. But a sudden loud splashing came to their -ears, and glancing back, they were able to discover that one -of the bound warriors had, by desperate exertions, got his -feet sufficiently loose to work around and strike them in the -water. The noise attracted the attention of the others, who -were already rushing back.</p> - -<p>The men now put forth an almost superhuman strength, in -their efforts to push the log forward. They had no doubts -their whereabouts would soon be known, and a wide-spread -alarm given. Full sixty yards were yet between them and the -opposite shore. All would depend on their reaching it in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span> -time. They could hear a rush of feet around the east side -of the bluff; but as yet, no sounds of alarm came. What -could this mean? Were not the bound spies yet found?</p> - -<p>Once, as Moorooine glanced behind, she fancied she saw a -canoe rounding the bluff. She hastily communicated her suspicions -to the rest, inciting them, if possible, to greater exertions.</p> - -<p>Straining every muscle in the work, the little party soon -landed on the shore. Hastily securing their arms, they entered -the dark woods. Without expressing it, all wondered -that so little commotion had been heard from the bluff. -Could it be possible that the Indians were not yet aware that -their prey had escaped? Before moving forward they glanced -back. To their dismay, they saw three or four canoes darting -toward them, spreading apart as they came on, and occasionally -displaying torches, which gave a clear view over the -adjacent waters.</p> - -<p>Nearly all of the little party comprehended the situation at -the same moment, and it caused a terrible reaction of disappointment. -Not only was their escape known, but it had -probably been discovered before, or about the time they had left -the shore of the bluff. As far as possible, the Indians had -restrained all notes of alarm, and gone to work silently, that -their escaping victims might not know of the pursuit.</p> - -<p>No sooner had the lights been displayed, than the long-suppressed -shouts broke forth from river and forest. Nothing -more was needed to confirm the fact that the doomed whites -were surrounded. The Indians on the river had detected the -floating log, and knew their victims were within the circle. -It was evident, the entire force of the village was abroad, determined -this time to prevent the possibility of their escape.</p> - -<p>“Thar’s only one thing,” said Scarred Eagle, hurriedly, -and yet coolly. “The circle ’round us is a big one, an’ they -won’t be in a hurry ’bout closin’ it up, when daylight ’ll so -soon show things plain. We must separate. Some on us -may git off, but I needn’t say it’s onsartin. Ah, well, whatever’s -the will o’ Providence we must give in tew. Come, boy, an’ -you tew, girl! We three ’ll keep together, be our fates good -or bad; ’cos I know it’s y’ur wish as it is mine. The rest kin go -separate ways, an’ each trust to his own gifts an’ a Higher -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span>Power!”</p> - -<p>The trio moved silently away in the gloom, Brom tightly -clasping the hand of the Indian girl. He soon became convinced -the others kept together, and were following on a -parallel course to their own, and a few yards to their left. All -commotion had now ceased, and the silence was most thrilling. -They had absolutely to feel their way, and knew not when a -lurking foe might spring upon them. Each one carried a -hatchet in one hand, and the deadly knife in the other. As -they advanced down the line of shore, an occasional ray of -light was reflected from the torches on the river. But at last -these were no longer to be seen. No doubt those in the -canoes were posted at intervals a short distance from the -banks, listening for the movements of the fugitives.</p> - -<p>Suddenly Rhodan paused, and turned to Brom and the girl.</p> - -<p>“’Twon’t last much longer, boy,” he said. “Ef we don’t -meet some o’ the reds soon, daylight ’ll be upon us afore long -at best. For myself it’s no gr’et matter, ’cos, beyond the -nat’rul desire to live, I’ve no gr’et object to live <em>for</em>, ’cept the -good o’ you an’ my brave girl here.”</p> - -<p>As he spoke, they noticed he had laid down his trusty rifle, -retaining only his other weapons.</p> - -<p>“An’ now,” he added, “I’m off toward the right, hyar. -The minnit ye hear a shout an’ a rush, you two put nor’-west. -Mind to bear a trifle toward the village at first, an’ then keep -on to y’ur left, ’cordin’ as ye judge the way is clear. Ye -<em>may</em> git off!”</p> - -<p>He grasped a hand of each, and then attempted to turn, -but they clung to his hard hands.</p> - -<p>“No, Rhodan!” said Brom, hoarsely. “’Twon’t work. -You’d go to sartin death, an’ ye know it. An’ to save us! -No—stay; you kin help this girl out <em>alone</em>, better’n I could. -She’s ’s dear ter me as life, an’ she shell be saved. I’ll go -an’ bein’ younger—”</p> - -<p>“No—me go too, den!” said Moorooine. “Hark! Warriors -not far that way now. You shall no die for me. Do no -good if did. We better die together. See—thar one come!”</p> - -<p>Before another word could be passed, a figure loomed up -beside them, and the voice of Mace whispered:</p> - -<p>“Come out here, Scarred Eagle. Goodbrand has stole down -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span>toward the bank, where the lights last showed a canoe.”</p> - -<p>“Ay, I know what the Miami wants to ondertake; but -too <em>many</em> mustn’t try it, even ef thar’s an atom uv a chance. -I don’t say thar ain’t. Go back with Mace then, you two,” -he added, addressing Brom and the Indian maiden. “What -I hev spoke of ’ll be of advantage to ye even in that case.”</p> - -<p>“What, Rhodan?”</p> - -<p>“I’m goin’ ter stir up the devils that ar’ hoverin’ out here,” -said the other, as he stripped his wet hunting-frock. “Go on -with ’im, Brom, an’ the girl too.”</p> - -<p>“But, Rhodan—”</p> - -<p>“Don’t waste time,” he interrupted. “I’m detarmined on -this, ’cos it’s for your good, an’ the hull on us.”</p> - -<p>“Then I’ll go in for the same stretegy,” said Mace. “Go -quick, Brom. Ye’ll find Revel an’ the Irishman jist back -hyar. Goodbrand ’ll be back in a minit, to lead ye to the -water. I’ll creep lower down, an’ raise a row at the right -time. Am I right, Scarred Eagle?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, go!” said the latter.</p> - -<p>As he spoke, the three exchanged a hurried clasp. The -next moment Rhodan glided away in one direction, Mace in -another. Brom, tenderly clasping the hand of Moorooine, -pressed toward the spot indicated by Mace.</p> - -<p>In a few moments he found Devine and Revel, who seemed -to be expecting them. Hastily communicating the plans of -the others, the four at once relapsed into silence as they -waited for the return of Goodbrand.</p> - -<p>The moments, so full of fearful suspense, seemed hours. -The darkness, meantime, seemed to deepen, as it often does -just before daybreak. Not the slightest sound yet broke the -solemn stillness; yet they were conscious that all around -them foes were lurking, or crawling forward, ready to pounce -upon their victims.</p> - -<p>They strained their eyes toward the dark line of water -just visible below them. Suddenly a light flashed out whose -rays penetrated nearly up to the little ascent upon which -they stood. It was gone in a moment, leaving a blacker -darkness around.</p> - -<p>But the light, though momentary as that of a lightning-flash, -had disclosed a canoe close up to the bank, in which -were five warriors. And the watchers were in time to notice<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span> -that this canoe was below the others, which were grouped -one above another, to the south angle of the bluff above.</p> - -<p>It was evident, then, that the Indians supposed the fugitives -were hidden directly opposite them, and that, attempting -to pass up, down, or back, their capture would be inevitable. -And should they, in sheer desperation, take to -the water, sharp eyes and ears were watching in anticipation.</p> - -<p>Nearly five minutes had now passed and still Goodbrand -came not. He must have just seen the light, giving him the -very knowledge he evidently sought. What was detaining -him?</p> - -<p>Brom leaned back, and without taking his eyes from the -direction of the river, whispered:</p> - -<p>“Either Goodbrand is took, or has found some o’ the reds -atween us an’ him. What d’ye say, Revel? I think we -mout’s well be movin’ toward the way Mace has gone!”</p> - -<p>His only answer was a grip upon his arm, and a whisper -in his very ear:</p> - -<p>“Be careful an’ very ready! A warrior come—very -close—behind us only very little.”</p> - -<p>Brom turned silently. Just behind him crouched Revel -and Devine, whom the keen-sensed Indian girl had similarly -warned. She herself had slowly leaned against a tree, and -inclining his body toward her, Brom sunk to foot and knee!</p> - -<p>For half a minute the dread silence continued. Brom -began to fear his whisper had been heard beyond the ears of -his companions. Ah! There comes a movement—hardly perceptible -is the sound, but still enough to show that an enemy -is almost beside them. A gesture from Moorooine reveals -the fact that a warrior is upon the opposite side of the tree!</p> - -<p>It is a fearful moment, but prompt action is necessary. -Brom straightens up and leans forward with drawn knife. His -intention is to spring like lightning behind the tree and kill -the warrior if possible without giving the latter a chance to -cry out.</p> - -<p>“Waugh!” comes at this moment a whispered exclamation -at the left, quickly followed by a few cautious words in the -Indian tongue. Turning his head he saw another Indian, -who stood so as to command a view of both sides of the -tree.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p> - -<p>As a lightning suspicion flashed through Brom’s mind, the -one behind the tree moved aside toward the new-comer, -uttering a few words as he passed. The next moment a long, -muscular arm clasped him from behind and a hand was upon -his throat. Then there followed a short, silent struggle, -and the warrior was pressed to the ground, stunned and -senseless from a heavy blow on his head!</p> - -<p>“Now come quick!” whispered Goodbrand, excitedly. “If -don’t, some come ’tween us an’ shore!”</p> - -<p>Silently and in single file they followed him. They were -within twenty paces of the bank when there came to their -ears the unmistakable sounds of a struggle at some distance behind. -As they dropped to the earth a smothered groan rung -out through the solemn depths, showing that Scarred Eagle -had encountered an enemy.</p> - -<p>Instantly a light was seen flashing from the edge of the -water immediately in their front, and a rush was heard in the -direction of the sounds; then a shrill cry rung out below -them, ending in a groan that told of death. Several dark -forms leaped past, immediately in front of the fugitives, and -became lost in the gloom!</p> - - -<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="chapter nobreak"> -<h2 id="CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV.<br /> -<span class="p75">A NOVEL EXPEDIENT.</span></h2></div> - - -<p><span class="smcap">Goodbrand</span> rose to a half-stooping position and began to -glide forward again. The rest followed closely. In a moment -or two they all stopped, conscious they were within ten -feet of the edge of the bank.</p> - -<p>The various sounds occasioned by the maneuvers of Scarred -Eagle and Mace had ceased. The fact was terribly significant -to all. The Indians were too fearful of the stratagem of the -whites to permit themselves to be drawn far away. They knew -a simultaneous rush would give some of their victims a chance -to escape, taking advantage of the darkness and noise.</p> - -<p>Goodbrand had not communicated his plan in words, but<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span> -all understood it. It was to attempt to surprise and overpower -those in the canoe, and then try to escape on the river. -Wild and desperate as was the scheme, it promised better -than any other mode. The noble heroism of Scarred Eagle -and Mace had enabled them to get so far. Could they now -succeed?</p> - -<p>A few thrilling moments passed; then Goodbrand, exchanging -a low whisper with Brom, began to worm himself forward -alone. The latter turned slightly, and communicated with -Moorooine, who in turn passed word to the men behind. -Then, silent as shadows all rose to their feet.</p> - -<p>Hardly a minute passed when Goodbrand rose silently near -them.</p> - -<p>“Canoe here!” he whispered. “Four warriors in it yit. -Their eyes and ears are wide open. Only one way to do. -Must do quick, for—hark! They’re goin’ more down -banks.”</p> - -<p>“Let’s make the rush then,” said Brom, hoarsely. “’Tain’t -likely we shall succeed, but it’s our last chance. Is t’other -canoes near?”</p> - -<p>“Not very. Above. Only see ’em when light comes. -There ’tis now.”</p> - -<p>Again they crouched down. The light would otherwise -have revealed them in spite of the bushes separating them -from the edge of the river. In a moment it was concealed -again.</p> - -<p>“Now our time!” whispered Goodbrand, rising.</p> - -<p>“Hold!” whispered Brom.</p> - -<p>A sudden, peculiar expedient had suggested itself.</p> - -<p>“What for?”</p> - -<p>The young ranger did not answer at once. It was evident -the canoe was slowly moving down the bank. While they -listened it drew up a few yards below them.</p> - -<p>“Goodbrand, now use your best wits. You know thar lingo. -Take Moorooine, and steal forward till you are quite near -them, then take her in your arms, an’ do you, dear girl, be -unconscious. Make ’em b’l’eve you’ve been took prisoner. -Goodbrand shall play your captor. He shall tell ’em ’e took -ye, and ask ’em out to make room for you. The rest of us -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>’ll be on hand, if they take the bait, ur <em>don’t</em> take it!”</p> - -<p>Brom spoke hurriedly. Goodbrand, by a gesture, signified -his approbation of the scheme. The Indian girl at once -moved to his side, and the two started forward toward the -canoe.</p> - -<p>They gradually made themselves heard as they advanced. -The three men glided close behind. The warriors were on the -alert. Suddenly seeing one of their number, as they supposed, -they peered forward anxiously. At this moment Goodbrand, -clasping the form of Moorooine in his arms, addressed them -in panting tones:</p> - -<p>“Step out quick! The Sporting Fawn is taken, and can -be kept in the canoe till the others are found. Their race for -life is nearly run!”</p> - -<p>Suppressing a cry of triumph, the four warriors immediately -vacated the canoe, one of them steadying it for Goodbrand -to enter with his insensible prisoner. As the latter stepped -in he dropped his charge, and suddenly turning, struck down -the one holding the canoe. At the same instant the other -three were knocked headlong, just as they were in the act of -springing forward.</p> - -<p>Like lightning the others sprung in beside Goodbrand and -Moorooine. Already had the former seized the paddles and -the canoe was now gliding down the bank. All this had not -been accomplished without some noise. One of the savages -had been knocked into the water, and the splash, coupled with -groans, rung out plainly. The fugitives had not moved ten -yards when lights from above flashed over the water, showing -them to those in the other canoes.</p> - -<p>Instantly the most wild and alarming yells arose as the -canoes behind started in pursuit. The yells, answered from -the line of shore, were succeeded by a rush of feet.</p> - -<p>“Out into the stream!” cried Brom, wildly.</p> - -<p>“Look out—arrows comin’!”</p> - -<p>“Och! murdher!”</p> - -<p>“Give ’em yer rifles, quick!”</p> - -<p>“Crack! crack-crack!”</p> - -<p>“Now row with y’ur stocks—my God, <em>quick</em>, it’ll help some.”</p> - -<p>Already Goodbrand and Moorooine had turned the canoe -and were propelling it with all their might, not ceasing for a -moment, though both of them had been struck by the arrows.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span> -To cease from their exertions now would be certain capture, -and setting their teeth hard, the whole party worked on, -taking the risk of being struck by those now rushing down to -the banks.</p> - -<p>By some accident the torch in the prow of the foremost -canoe of the pursuers had been extinguished, again enveloping -the scene in darkness. A perfect Babel of shouts filled the -air, as if the Indians, aware that nearly all the fugitives were -before them, were concentrating all their energies to the work -of ending the protracted search at once. In the midst of the -din the pursued heard a splashing toward their right, showing -that a number had sprung into the water in their infuriated -surprise and eagerness, and a moment or two—just enough -for the contrast to disappear—the fugitives became conscious -daylight was dawning upon them.</p> - -<p>“These jest behind ain’t gainin’ on us—push on, an’ <em>courage</em>!” -cried Brom.</p> - -<p>“Ef we kin git inter the current furder out—ah, good -God, t’others are cuttin’ across that way!”</p> - -<p>“Turn it, Goodbrand—turn it quick! We’ll work harder -ter strike the current furder down!”</p> - -<p>“Luk out, the bows are coomin’ intil us. Murdher!”</p> - -<p>The Irishman got an arrow through the back of his neck, -and it passed into the arm of Brom. The rest escaped the -volley as by a miracle, and the moment it passed sprung to -their task again.</p> - -<p>All this time the space to the left and right, as well as behind -them, rung with malignant, crazy yells, defying description. -But having struck the main current they were now -making rapid headway, determined not to be diverted for a -second. They occasionally cast glances back, but not at -the expense of relaxing labor; yet they could not see that -those in the nearest canoe had lightened their craft by the -exit of three warriors, leaving three more to make accelerated -speed.</p> - -<p>“Murdther—dthe Vargin purtict—here’s soom jist upon us!” -cried Devine, at last.</p> - -<p>“The rest keep on for <em>life</em>, an’ we’ll look out for these, -Tim,” cried Brom. “If we stop a minit, the others ’ll overhaul -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span>us—ha!”</p> - -<p>Two rifles spoke from an adjacent bend of the bank, and -one of the nearest pursuers fell into the river.</p> - -<p>“’Twas Rhodan an’ Ben!” shouted Brom and Revel, simultaneously.</p> - -<p>“An’ dthe durned apes are b’ated in <em>dthat</em> game; whist—hoora!” -yelled the impulsive Irishman.</p> - -<p>“Go in, boys! That’s it; they kain’t reach us from shore, -while these ahind hev spent thar arrers, an’ ain’t gainin’ a bit. -What—hold—turn the canoe in, Goodbrand, towarts the p’int -ahead; ef t’others ar’ thar, we’ll manage—”</p> - -<p>“No—no!” cried the Indian. “Lose ground if do. We -got safe so fur, git safe longer!”</p> - -<p>At this moment, Devine ceased his labor, and the canoe -lurched, nearly upsetting.</p> - -<p>“Ha, Tim, what’s this? Ah, the brave chap’s—”</p> - -<p>He ceased speaking, as he grasped the Irishman, who had -nearly fallen out. And no wonder. His terrible experiences -during the last twenty-four hours, his sufferings as a captive, -of which the rest knew little, and his last wound—all had -culminated at last, and the man of iron endurance had -fainted.</p> - -<p>“Quick—good God!” exclaimed Brom, as he drew him in, -“we’ve lost by this. There they come!”</p> - -<p>“Gi-gi—stoo—gi—<em>durn ye all</em>—stoop down, thar!” came -at this moment, in a ringing voice from shore.</p> - -<p>All recognized it and huddled down, as two canoes, full of -their pursuers, surged up not three boat’s-lengths behind. The -next moment a dozen rifles rung out from the shore, followed -by despairing shouts and groans behind.</p> - -<p>“Thank God! Hurrah for the victory!” shouted Brom, the -others joining in.</p> - -<p>“Come i-i—<em>come in</em>!” shouted Joe Hill. “Ar’ ye all -thar?”</p> - -<p>“All but Rhodan an’ Mace. Look for them up-shore. -Never mind us.”</p> - -<p>And then, standing up, Brom pressed Moorooine to his breast, -without speaking.</p> - -<p>The next instant, the canoe touched the shore, and a group -of hardy men waited to receive them, foremost among whom -were Scarred Eagle and Ben Mace!</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span></p> - -<p>“Ay, boy!” said the former, with a tremor in his voice, -“Providence has ordered that we ain’t yit to part.”</p> - -<p>Still clasping the Indian girl, Brom put his hand tenderly -on Rhodan’s shoulder and undertook to speak, but his voice -failed him. They all met, as brothers long separated, the rescued -all grasping the hands of Scarred Eagle, Mace and Joe -Hill, in turn.</p> - -<p>“Mebbe ye thought I’d de-de-<em>desarted</em> ye,” said Hill. “Ye -see what I war about. I met the advance of Bradstreet’s -army jist in time fur this. Hear that. Thar won’t many of -’em iscape!”</p> - -<p>It was now light enough to distinguish objects plainly. Far -up the shore came the numerous reports of rifles, showing the -Indians were surprised and routed at every point. The noise -aroused Devine, who had been laid upon the ground, attended -by some of his companions.</p> - -<p>“Courage, Tim, my boy!” said Scarred Eagle, bending -over him. “Ye’ve got among friends, an’ the inemy ar’ -routed.”</p> - -<p>“An’ is it y’ursilf to tell me dthat?” he answered, struggling -to his feet. “Good! I thought I was dead, so. Phare’s -dthe rist? Ah—all here, dthe Vargin be praised! Phat’s -dthat?”</p> - -<p>“Good music!” said Mace. “It’s the shouts of the retreating -reds.”</p> - -<p>“Och! musha! I’ve but wan ear,” said Tim, putting up his -hand with a grimace; “but it’s wilcome to sich music. Give -me a sup of wather, for I’m wake, jist.”</p> - -<p>Something stronger was furnished to all of the rescued. As -the light increased, those in pursuit came back, forming a numerous -company. As the day advanced the main division of -the army came up and acting upon the report furnished by -the rescued scouts, prepared to advance to the relief of -the besieged fort. This was done, and the fort relieved -without a struggle. The followers of Pontiac, alarmed and -disheartened by repeated reverses, had abandoned the region.</p> - -<p>In three days the scouts, now thoroughly recruited in -strength, returned to one of the border settlements. Here -Brom Vail and the beautiful and brave Miami maiden, whom<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span> -he loved, were united in Christian marriage. Scarred Eagle -and Goodbrand made their home with them, and Mace was -always a welcome visitor.</p> - -<div class="nobreak"> -<p>Thus, reader, we have traced one of the episodes of frontier -life. And now our story is done.</p> - - -<p class="ph mb2">THE END.</p> -</div> - - -<div class="transnote break"> -<p class="ph">Transcriber’s Note.</p> - - -<p>Printer’s errors were corrected where they could be clearly identified. -Otherwise, as far as possible, original spelling and punctuation have -been preserved, including variations in dialect.</p> - -<p>The table of contents was created by the transcriber.</p> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SCARRED EAGLE; OR, MOOROOINE, THE SPORTING FAWN ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div> -<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/68601-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/68601-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e355f2f..0000000 --- a/old/68601-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null |
